]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
tests: add spdx license header to test unit/link/network/conf files
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 249:
4
5 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
6 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
7 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
8 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
9 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
10 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
11 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
12 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
13 a matching version identifier.
14
15 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
16 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
17 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
18 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
19 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
20 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
21 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
22 during first boot. Example:
23
24 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
25
26 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
27 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
28 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
29 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
30 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
31
32 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
33 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
34 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
35 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
36 /etc/).
37
38 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
39 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
40 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
41 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
42
43 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
44 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
45 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
46 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
47 systemd-sysusers tools.
48
49 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
50 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
51 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
52 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
53 itself.
54
55 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
56 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
57 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
58 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
59 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
60 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
61 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
62 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
63 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
64 immediately, even in read-only mode.
65
66 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
67 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
68 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
69 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
70 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
71
72 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
73 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
74 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
75 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
76 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
77
78 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
79 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
80 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
81 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
82 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
83 specifiers.
84
85 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
86 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
87 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
88 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
89
90 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
91 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
92 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
93 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
94 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
95 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
96 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
97 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
98 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
99 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
100 information, see:
101
102 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
103
104 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
105 (IEEE 1394).
106
107 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
108 backwards-incompatible changes:
109
110 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
111 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
112 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
113 number.
114
115 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
116 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
117 where values up to 65535 are used.
118
119 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
120
121 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
122 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
123 command line parameter.
124
125 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
126 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
127 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
128
129 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
130 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
131 the udev device first appeared in the database.
132
133 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
134 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
135 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
136 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
137 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
138 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
139 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
140 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
141 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
142 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
143 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
144 uevent.
145
146 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
147 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
148 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
149 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
150 index.
151
152 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
153 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
154 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
155 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
156 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
157 for that official:
158
159 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
160
161 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
162 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
163 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
164 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
165 services into them.
166
167 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
168 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
169 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
170 available on private domains.
171
172 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
173
174 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
175 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
176 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
177
178 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
179 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
180 connectivity.
181
182 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
183 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
184 consider an interface "online".
185
186 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
187 information.
188
189 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
190 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
191
192 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
193 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
194
195 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
196 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
197 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
198 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
199
200 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
201 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
202 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
203 before.
204
205 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
206 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
207 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
208 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
209
210 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
211 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
212 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
213
214 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
215 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
216 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
217 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
218 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
219 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
220 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
221
222 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
223 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
224 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
225 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
226 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
227 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
228 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
229 compatibility.)
230
231 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
232 files.
233
234 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
235 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
236 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
237 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
238
239 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
240 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
241 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
242 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
243 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
244 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
245
246 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
247 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
248 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
249 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
250 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
251 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
252 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
253 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
254 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
255 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
256 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
257 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
258 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
259 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
260 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
261
262 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
263
264 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
265 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
266 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
267 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
268 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
269 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
270 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
271
272 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
273 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
274 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
275 via BPF.
276
277 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
278 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
279 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
280 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
281
282 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
283 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
284 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
285 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
286 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
287 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
288
289 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
290 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
291 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
292 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
293 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
294 program code that can consume JSON.
295
296 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
297 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
298
299 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
300 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
301 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
302 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
303 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
304 continue to be supported for compatibility.
305
306 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
307 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
308
309 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
310 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
311 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
312 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
313 level.
314
315 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
316 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
317 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
318 Type 1 boot loader entries.
319
320 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
321 may be specified now.
322
323 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
324 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
325 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
326 an interactive user is generally not present.
327
328 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
329 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
330 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
331 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
332 asterisks.)
333
334 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
335 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
336 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
337 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
338 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
339 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
340 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
341 used FIDO2 token.
342
343 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
344 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
345 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
346 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
347 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
348 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
349 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
350
351 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
352 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
353 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
354 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
355 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
356 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
357 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
358 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
359 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
360 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
361 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
362 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
363 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
364 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
365 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
366 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
367 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
368 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
369 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
370 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
371 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
372 privileges on the host).
373
374 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
375 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
376 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
377
378 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
379 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
380 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
381 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
382 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
383 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
384 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
385 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
386 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
387
388 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
389 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
390 user database lookups.
391
392 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
393 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
394 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
395 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
396 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
397 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
398 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
399 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
400 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
401 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
402 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
403 is trivially simple.
404
405 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
406 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
407 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
408 Journal records.
409
410 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
411 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
412 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
413 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
414 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
415 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
416 units that are members of a slice.
417
418 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
419 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
420 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
421 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
422
423 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
424 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
425 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
426 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
427 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
428 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
429
430 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
431 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
432 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
433 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
434 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
435 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
436 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
437 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
438 another unit that intends to uphold it.
439
440 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
441 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
442
443 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
444 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
445 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
446
447 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
448 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
449 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
450 characters literally.
451
452 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
453 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
454 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
455 switch.
456
457 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
458 the systemd source code tree:
459
460 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
461
462 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
463 the initrd.
464
465 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
466 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
467 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
468
469 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
470 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
471 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
472 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
473
474 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
475 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
476 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
477 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
478 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
479 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
480 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
481 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
482
483 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
484 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
485
486 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
487 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
488 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
489 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
490
491 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
492 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
493 generation.
494
495 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
496 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
497 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
498
499 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
500 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
501
502 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
503 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
504 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
505
506 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
507 setting a network timeout time.
508
509 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
510 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
511 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
512
513 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
514 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
515 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
516 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
517 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
518 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
519 that.
520
521 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
522 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
523 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
524 events in a short time window.
525
526 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
527 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
528 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
529 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
530 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
531 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
532 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
533 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
534 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
535 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
536 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
537 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
538 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
539 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
540 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
541 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
542 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
543 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
544 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
545 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
546 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
547 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
548 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
549 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
550 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
551 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
552 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
553 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
554 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
555 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
556 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
557
558 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
559
560 CHANGES WITH 248:
561
562 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
563 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
564 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
565 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
566 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
567 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
568
569 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
570 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
571 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
572
573 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
574 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
575 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
576
577 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
578 supported system extension level.
579
580 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
581 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
582 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
583 constraints.
584
585 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
586 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
587 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
588
589 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
590 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
591 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
592 similar to /etc/crypttab.
593
594 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
595 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
596
597 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
598 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
599 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
600 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
601 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
602
603 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
604 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
605 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
606 user.
607
608 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
609 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
610 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
611 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
612 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
613 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
614 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
615 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
616
617 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
618 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
619 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
620 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
621 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
622
623 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
624 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
625 D-Bus properties.
626
627 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
628 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
629 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
630 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
631 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
632 shows this in the status output.
633
634 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
635 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
636 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
637 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
638 the need for configuration in an external file.
639
640 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
641 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
642 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
643
644 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
645 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
646 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
647
648 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
649 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
650 them. See:
651
652 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
653
654 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
655
656 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
657 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
658 dependency.
659
660 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
661 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
662 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
663
664 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
665 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
666 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
667 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
668 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
669 output and such.
670
671 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
672 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
673
674 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
675 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
676
677 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
678 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
679 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
680 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
681
682 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
683 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
684 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
685 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
686
687 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
688 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
689 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
690
691 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
692 IPC namespace.
693
694 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
695 generated from kernel lists exported on
696 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
697
698 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
699 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
700 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
701
702 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
703 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
704 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
705 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
706
707 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
708 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
709 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
710
711 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
712 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
713 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
714 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
715
716 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
717 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
718
719 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
720 noexec for parts of the file system.
721
722 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
723 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
724 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
725 systemctl and similar tools:
726
727 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
728
729 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
730 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
731 the host itself is connected to
732
733 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
734
735 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
736 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
737 parameter: the message to send.
738
739 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
740 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
741 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
742
743 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
744 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
745
746 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
747 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
748
749 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
750 queue to be configured.
751
752 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
753 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
754 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
755
756 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
757 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
758 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
759 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
760 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
761 .network files.
762
763 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
764 switch to select the routing policy table.
765
766 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
767 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
768
769 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
770 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
771 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
772 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
773 added.
774
775 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
776 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
777
778 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
779 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
780
781 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
782 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
783 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
784 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
785
786 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
787 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
788 devices.
789
790 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
791 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
792 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
793
794 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
795 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
796 even a single device.
797
798 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
799 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
800 systems.
801
802 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
803 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
804
805 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
806 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
807 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
808 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
809 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
810
811 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
812 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
813
814 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
815 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
816 libfprint.
817
818 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
819 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
820 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
821 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
822 the upstream server.
823
824 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
825 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
826 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
827 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
828 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
829 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
830 anyway.
831
832 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
833 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
834 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
835
836 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
837 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
838 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
839 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
840 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
841 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
842 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
843 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
844 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
845 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
846 lookup.
847
848 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
849 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
850 capabilities passed to the container payload.
851
852 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
853 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
854 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
855 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
856 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
857 IPv4-only).
858
859 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
860 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
861 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
862
863 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
864 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
865
866 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
867 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
868 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
869 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
870 units.
871
872 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
873 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
874 operation, but it is still recommended.
875
876 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
877 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
878
879 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
880 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
881
882 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
883 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
884 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
885
886 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
887 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
888 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
889
890 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
891 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
892 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
893 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
894 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
895 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
896 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
897 imported into the manager environment block.
898
899 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
900 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
901 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
902
903 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
904 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
905 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
906 reloaded "↻".
907
908 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
909 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
910 a simple JSON format.
911
912 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
913 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
914 process signals and their numbers.
915
916 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
917
918 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
919 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
920
921 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
922 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
923 colors are used in output.
924
925 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
926 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
927 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
928 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
929 disable this output again.
930
931 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
932 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
933 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
934 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
935
936 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
937 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
938 recommended.
939
940 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
941 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
942 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
943 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
944 the keymap file first.
945
946 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
947
948 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
949 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
950 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
951
952 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
953 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
954 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
955 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
956
957 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
958 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
959 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
960 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
961 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
962 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
963
964 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
965 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
966 headers/legends.
967
968 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
969 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
970 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
971 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
972 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
973 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
974 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
975 operations at a later step at once.
976
977 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
978 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
979 to regular strings.
980
981 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
982 and measured the boot process into it.
983
984 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
985 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
986 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
987 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
988
989 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
990 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
991 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
992 it assigns the container a cgroup.
993
994 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
995 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
996
997 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
998 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
999
1000 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
1001 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
1002 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
1003 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
1004 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
1005 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
1006 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
1007 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
1008 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
1009 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
1010 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
1011 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
1012 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
1013 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
1014 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
1015 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
1016 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
1017 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
1018 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
1019 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
1020 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
1021 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
1022 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
1023 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
1024 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
1025 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
1026 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
1027 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
1028 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
1029 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
1030 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
1031 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
1032 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
1033 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
1034 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
1035 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1036 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1037
1038 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
1039
1040 CHANGES WITH 247:
1041
1042 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
1043 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
1044 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
1045 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
1046 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
1047 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
1048 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
1049 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
1050 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
1051 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
1052 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
1053 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
1054 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
1055 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
1056 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
1057
1058 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
1059 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
1060 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
1061 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
1062 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
1063 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
1064 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
1065 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
1066 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
1067 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
1068 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
1069 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
1070 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
1071 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
1072 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
1073
1074 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
1075 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
1076 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
1077 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
1078 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
1079 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
1080 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
1081 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
1082 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
1083 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
1084
1085 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
1086 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
1087 handle the new events. Specifically:
1088
1089 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
1090 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
1091 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
1092 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
1093 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
1094 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
1095 generated, for all other device types this change is still
1096 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
1097 future kernel uevent type additions).
1098
1099 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
1100 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
1101 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
1102 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
1103 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
1104 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
1105 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
1106 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
1107 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
1108 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
1109 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
1110 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
1111
1112 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
1113 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
1114 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
1115 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
1116 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
1117 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
1118 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
1119 above).
1120
1121 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
1122 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
1123 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
1124 behaviour change.
1125
1126 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
1127 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
1128 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
1129 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
1130 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
1131 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
1132 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
1133 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
1134 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
1135 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
1136 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
1137 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
1138 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
1139 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
1140 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
1141 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
1142 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
1143 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
1144 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
1145 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
1146 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
1147 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
1148 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
1149 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
1150 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
1151 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
1152
1153 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
1154 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
1155 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
1156 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
1157 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
1158
1159 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
1160 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
1161 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
1162 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
1163 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
1164 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
1165 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
1166 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
1167 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
1168 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
1169 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
1170 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
1171 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
1172
1173 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
1174 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
1175 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
1176 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
1177 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
1178 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
1179 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
1180 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
1181 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
1182 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
1183 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
1184 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
1185 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
1186 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
1187 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
1188 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
1189 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
1190 they now are optional during runtime.
1191
1192 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
1193 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
1194 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
1195 which installs absolute timers.
1196
1197 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
1198 mode, which may be controlled via the new
1199 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
1200 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
1201 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
1202 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
1203 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
1204 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
1205 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
1206 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
1207
1208 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
1209 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
1210 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
1211 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
1212 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
1213 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
1214 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
1215 dispatched).
1216
1217 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
1218 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
1219 the RootImage= setting.
1220
1221 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
1222 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
1223 to the service.
1224
1225 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
1226 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
1227 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
1228 different for different units).
1229
1230 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
1231 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
1232 options.
1233
1234 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
1235 --json= switch.
1236
1237 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
1238 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
1239 authentication request.
1240
1241 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
1242 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
1243 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
1244 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
1245 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
1246 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
1247 empty.
1248
1249 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
1250 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
1251 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
1252 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
1253 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
1254 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
1255 image to be applied onto the image.
1256
1257 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
1258 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
1259 in OS disk images.
1260
1261 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
1262 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
1263 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
1264 other output modes.
1265
1266 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
1267 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
1268 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
1269 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
1270
1271 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
1272 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
1273 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
1274 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
1275 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
1276 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
1277 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
1278 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
1279 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
1280 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
1281
1282 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
1283 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
1284 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
1285 recursively to whole subtrees.
1286
1287 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
1288 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
1289 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
1290 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
1291 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
1292 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
1293 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
1294 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
1295
1296 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
1297 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
1298 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
1299 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
1300 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
1301 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
1302 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
1303 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
1304 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
1305 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
1306 system asks for a password.
1307
1308 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
1309 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
1310 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
1311 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
1312 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
1313 up.
1314
1315 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
1316 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
1317 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
1318
1319 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
1320 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
1321 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
1322 virtualization.
1323
1324 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
1325 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
1326 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
1327 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
1328 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
1329 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
1330 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
1331 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
1332 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
1333 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
1334 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
1335 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
1336 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
1337 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
1338 directories:
1339
1340 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
1341
1342 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
1343 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
1344 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
1345
1346 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
1347 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
1348 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
1349 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
1350
1351 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
1352 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
1353
1354 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
1355 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
1356 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
1357 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
1358 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
1359 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
1360 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
1361 applications.
1362
1363 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
1364 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
1365 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
1366 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
1367 build time.
1368
1369 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
1370 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
1371 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
1372 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
1373 system call filter policy.
1374
1375 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
1376 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
1377 filtering is turned off.
1378
1379 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
1380 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
1381 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
1382 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
1383 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
1384 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
1385 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
1386 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
1387 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
1388
1389 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
1390 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
1391 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
1392 exited.
1393
1394 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
1395 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
1396
1397 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
1398 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
1399 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
1400 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
1401 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
1402 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
1403 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
1404 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
1405 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
1406 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
1407 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
1408 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
1409 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
1410 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
1411 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
1412 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
1413 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
1414 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
1415 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
1416 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
1417 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
1418 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
1419
1420 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
1421 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
1422 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
1423 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
1424 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
1425 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
1426 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
1427 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
1428 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
1429 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
1430 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
1431 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
1432 aforementioned service settings.
1433
1434 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
1435 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
1436 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
1437 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
1438 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
1439 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
1440 and populated — there is no time window where they are
1441 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
1442 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
1443 will start from the beginning.
1444
1445 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
1446 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
1447 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
1448 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
1449
1450 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
1451 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
1452 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
1453 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
1454 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
1455 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
1456 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
1457 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
1458 on, including in the initrd.
1459
1460 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
1461 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
1462 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
1463 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
1464
1465 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
1466 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
1467 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
1468 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
1469 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
1470
1471 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
1472 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
1473 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
1474 this property in its status output.
1475
1476 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
1477 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
1478 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
1479 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
1480 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
1481 more similarly to nss-resolve.
1482
1483 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
1484 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
1485 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
1486 ctime.
1487
1488 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
1489 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
1490
1491 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
1492 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
1493 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
1494 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
1495 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
1496 having to rebuild systemd.
1497
1498 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
1499 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
1500 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
1501 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
1502 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
1503 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
1504 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
1505 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
1506
1507 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
1508 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
1509 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
1510 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
1511 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
1512 hardlinks.
1513
1514 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
1515 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
1516 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
1517
1518 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
1519 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
1520 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
1521 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
1522
1523 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
1524 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
1525
1526 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
1527 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
1528 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
1529 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
1530 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
1531
1532 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
1533 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
1534 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
1535 compatibility).
1536
1537 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
1538 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
1539 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
1540 prefix will be assigned.
1541
1542 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
1543 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
1544 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
1545 The setting is enabled by default.
1546
1547 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
1548 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
1549
1550 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
1551 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
1552 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
1553 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
1554 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
1555 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
1556 debuggable.
1557
1558 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
1559 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
1560 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
1561 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
1562
1563 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
1564 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
1565
1566 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
1567 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
1568 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
1569 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
1570 environments where the root file system is
1571 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
1572 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
1573
1574 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
1575 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
1576 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
1577 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
1578 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
1579 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
1580 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
1581 later).
1582
1583 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
1584 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
1585 working with heavily threaded programs.
1586
1587 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
1588 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
1589 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
1590 desirable.
1591
1592 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
1593 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
1594 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
1595 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
1596 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
1597 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
1598
1599 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
1600 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
1601 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
1602 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
1603 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
1604
1605 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
1606 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
1607 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
1608 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
1609 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
1610 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
1611 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
1612 promises.
1613
1614 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
1615 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
1616 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
1617 promises.
1618
1619 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
1620 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
1621 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
1622 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
1623 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
1624 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
1625 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
1626 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
1627 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
1628
1629 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
1630 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
1631 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
1632 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
1633 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
1634 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
1635 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
1636 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
1637 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
1638
1639 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
1640 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
1641 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
1642 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
1643 like this.
1644
1645 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
1646 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
1647 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
1648 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
1649 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
1650 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
1651 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
1652 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
1653 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
1654
1655 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
1656 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
1657 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
1658 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
1659 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
1660 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
1661 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
1662 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
1663 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
1664 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
1665 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
1666 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
1667 appropriately.
1668
1669 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
1670 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
1671 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
1672 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
1673 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
1674 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
1675
1676 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
1677 contents in commented form in the text editor.
1678
1679 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
1680 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
1681 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
1682 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
1683 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
1684 protections for the different slices in the future.
1685
1686 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
1687 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
1688 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
1689 image dissection logic.
1690
1691 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
1692 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
1693 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
1694 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
1695 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
1696 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1697 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1698 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
1699 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
1700 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
1701 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
1702 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
1703 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
1704 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
1705 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
1706 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
1707 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
1708 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
1709 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
1710 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
1711 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
1712 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
1713 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1714 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
1715 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
1716 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
1717 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
1718 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
1719 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
1720 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
1721 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
1722 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1723 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
1724
1725 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
1726
1727 CHANGES WITH 246:
1728
1729 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
1730 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
1731 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
1732
1733 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
1734 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
1735
1736 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
1737 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
1738 based on the NUMA mask.
1739
1740 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
1741 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
1742 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
1743
1744 * Two new unit file settings
1745 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
1746 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
1747 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
1748 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
1749
1750 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
1751 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
1752 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
1753 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
1754 instance).
1755
1756 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
1757 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
1758 service's processes shall include.
1759
1760 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
1761 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
1762 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
1763 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
1764
1765 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
1766 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
1767 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
1768 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
1769 depending on socket type.
1770
1771 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
1772 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
1773 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
1774 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
1775 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
1776 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
1777 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
1778 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
1779 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
1780 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
1781
1782 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
1783 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
1784 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
1785 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
1786 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
1787 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
1788 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
1789 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
1790
1791 * .service unit files gained two new options
1792 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
1793 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
1794 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
1795
1796 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
1797 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
1798 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
1799 prefix is used.
1800
1801 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
1802 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
1803 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
1804 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
1805 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
1806 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
1807 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
1808 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
1809 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
1810 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
1811 key/certificate parameters support this now.
1812
1813 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
1814 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
1815 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
1816 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
1817 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
1818 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
1819
1820 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
1821 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
1822 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
1823 finally gone now.
1824
1825 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
1826 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
1827 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
1828 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
1829
1830 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
1831 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
1832 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
1833 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
1834 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
1835 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
1836 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
1837 which is quite likely a major security problem.
1838
1839 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
1840 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
1841 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
1842 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
1843 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
1844
1845 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
1846 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
1847 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
1848 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
1849 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
1850
1851 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
1852 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
1853 boot.
1854
1855 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
1856 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
1857 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
1858 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
1859 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
1860 device.
1861
1862 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
1863 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
1864 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
1865
1866 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
1867 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
1868 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
1869 conditions.
1870
1871 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
1872 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
1873 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
1874 in order to make test cases more reliable.
1875
1876 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
1877 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
1878 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
1879 the process that faulted.
1880
1881 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
1882 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
1883 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
1884
1885 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
1886 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
1887 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
1888 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
1889 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
1890
1891 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
1892 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
1893 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
1894 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
1895 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
1896
1897 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
1898 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
1899 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
1900 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
1901 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
1902
1903 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
1904 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
1905 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
1906 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
1907 frame ring buffer sizes.
1908
1909 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
1910 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
1911
1912 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
1913 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
1914
1915 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
1916 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
1917 automatically assigned to the interface.
1918
1919 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
1920 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
1921 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
1922 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
1923 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
1924 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
1925 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
1926 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
1927 mode for Assign=.
1928
1929 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
1930 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
1931 source addresses.
1932
1933 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
1934 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
1935 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
1936 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
1937 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
1938 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
1939 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
1940 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
1941 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
1942 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
1943
1944 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
1945 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
1946 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
1947 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
1948 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
1949 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
1950 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
1951
1952 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
1953 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
1954 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
1955 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
1956 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
1957 the RA packets suggest it.
1958
1959 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
1960 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
1961 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
1962 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
1963
1964 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
1965 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
1966 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
1967 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
1968 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
1969 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
1970 field.
1971
1972 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
1973 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
1974 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
1975 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
1976 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
1977 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
1978
1979 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
1980 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
1981
1982 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
1983 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
1984 the VLAN protocol to use.
1985
1986 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
1987 of the .network files, to control the link group.
1988
1989 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
1990 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
1991 link local address is generated.
1992
1993 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
1994 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
1995 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
1996 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
1997 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
1998 carefully picking an interface name to use.
1999
2000 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
2001 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
2002
2003 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
2004 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
2005
2006 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
2007 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
2008 are still understood to provide compatibility.
2009
2010 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
2011 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
2012 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
2013 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
2014 interfaces up or down.
2015
2016 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
2017 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
2018 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
2019 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
2020 interface may be specified (after "%").
2021
2022 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
2023 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
2024 public DNS servers are not used.
2025
2026 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
2027
2028 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
2029 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
2030 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
2031 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
2032 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
2033 defined by systemd-resolved).
2034
2035 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
2036 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
2037 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
2038
2039 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
2040 --property=…".
2041
2042 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
2043 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
2044 use --plain.
2045
2046 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
2047 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
2048 being deprecated in favor of this option.
2049
2050 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
2051 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
2052 process itself.
2053
2054 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
2055 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
2056 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
2057 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
2058 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
2059 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
2060 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
2061 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
2062 implementations.
2063
2064 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
2065 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
2066 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
2067 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
2068 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
2069 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
2070 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
2071 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
2072 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
2073
2074 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
2075 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
2076 initialization.
2077
2078 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
2079 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
2080 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
2081
2082 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
2083 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
2084 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
2085 without any decoration.
2086
2087 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
2088 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
2089 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
2090 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
2091 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
2092 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
2093
2094 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
2095 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
2096 coredump data from.
2097
2098 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
2099 the zstd algorithm.
2100
2101 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
2102 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
2103 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
2104 not block clean file system unmounting.
2105
2106 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
2107 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
2108 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
2109
2110 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
2111 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
2112 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
2113 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
2114
2115 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
2116 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
2117
2118 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
2119 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
2120 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
2121 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
2122 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
2123 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
2124 instead of operating on actual block devices.
2125
2126 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
2127 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
2128
2129 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
2130 instead of 0.
2131
2132 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
2133 specifier expansion.
2134
2135 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
2136 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
2137 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
2138 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
2139 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
2140
2141 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
2142 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
2143 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
2144 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
2145 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
2146
2147 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
2148 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
2149 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
2150 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
2151 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
2152 --fido2-device= option.
2153
2154 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
2155 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
2156 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
2157 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
2158 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
2159 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
2160 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
2161
2162 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
2163 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
2164 changed from ext2 to ext4.
2165
2166 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
2167 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
2168 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
2169 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
2170 before the system continues to boot.
2171
2172 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
2173 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
2174 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
2175 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
2176 instead of at installation time.
2177
2178 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
2179 volumes with automatically from files in
2180 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
2181 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
2182
2183 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
2184 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
2185
2186 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
2187 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
2188 instance.
2189
2190 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
2191 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
2192 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
2193 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
2194
2195 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
2196 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
2197
2198 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
2199 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
2200 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
2201 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
2202 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
2203 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
2204 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
2205 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
2206 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
2207 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
2208 incremental).
2209
2210 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
2211 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
2212 which it then operates.
2213
2214 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
2215 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
2216 directories for various resources.
2217
2218 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
2219 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
2220 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
2221 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
2222 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
2223 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
2224 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
2225 via the new --no-block switch.
2226
2227 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
2228 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
2229 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
2230 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
2231 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
2232 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
2233 case.
2234
2235 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
2236 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
2237 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
2238 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
2239
2240 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
2241 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
2242 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
2243 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
2244 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
2245
2246 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
2247 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
2248 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
2249 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
2250 vtable is associated with.
2251
2252 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
2253 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
2254 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
2255 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
2256
2257 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
2258 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
2259 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
2260
2261 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
2262
2263 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
2264 document the methods, signals and properties.
2265
2266 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
2267 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
2268 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
2269 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
2270 desktops has been added:
2271
2272 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
2273 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
2274 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
2275
2276 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
2277 and has now moved to:
2278
2279 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
2280
2281 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
2282 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
2283 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
2284 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
2285 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
2286 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
2287 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
2288
2289 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
2290 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
2291 target of the service during runtime.
2292
2293 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
2294 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
2295 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
2296
2297 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
2298 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
2299 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
2300 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
2301 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
2302 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
2303 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
2304 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
2305 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
2306 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
2307 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
2308 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2309 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
2310 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
2311 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
2312 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
2313 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
2314 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
2315 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
2316 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
2317 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
2318 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
2319 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
2320 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
2321 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
2322 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
2323 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
2324 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
2325 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
2326 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
2327 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
2328 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
2329 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
2330 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
2331 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
2332 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
2333 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2334 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2335
2336 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
2337
2338 CHANGES WITH 245:
2339
2340 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
2341 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
2342 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
2343 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
2344 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
2345 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
2346 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
2347 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
2348 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
2349 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
2350 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
2351 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
2352 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
2353 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
2354 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
2355 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
2356 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
2357 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
2358 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
2359 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
2360 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
2361
2362 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
2363 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
2364 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
2365 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
2366 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
2367 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
2368 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
2369 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
2370 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
2371 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
2372 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
2373 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
2374 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
2375 that for the first time resource management and various other
2376 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
2377 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
2378 to apply on login. For further details see:
2379
2380 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
2381 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
2382 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
2383
2384 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
2385 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
2386 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
2387 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
2388 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
2389 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
2390 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
2391 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
2392 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
2393
2394 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
2395
2396 For further details about the format and expectations on home
2397 directories this new daemon makes, see:
2398
2399 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
2400
2401 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
2402 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
2403 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
2404 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
2405 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
2406 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
2407 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
2408 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
2409 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
2410 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
2411 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
2412 usage limitations and other settings.
2413
2414 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
2415 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
2416 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
2417 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
2418 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
2419 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
2420 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
2421 resource usage.
2422
2423 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
2424 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
2425
2426 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
2427 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
2428 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
2429 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
2430 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
2431
2432 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
2433 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
2434 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
2435 itself and the default for all other processes.
2436
2437 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
2438 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
2439 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
2440 database into account.
2441
2442 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
2443 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
2444 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
2445 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
2446
2447 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
2448 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
2449 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
2450 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
2451 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
2452 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
2453 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
2454 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
2455 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
2456 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
2457
2458 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
2459 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
2460 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
2461 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
2462 event source watching it is freed).
2463
2464 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
2465 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
2466 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
2467 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
2468
2469 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
2470 (IFB) network devices.
2471
2472 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
2473 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
2474
2475 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
2476 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
2477 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
2478 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
2479 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
2480 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
2481
2482 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
2483 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
2484 with its sense inverted.
2485
2486 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
2487 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
2488 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
2489
2490 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
2491 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
2492 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
2493
2494 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
2495 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
2496 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
2497 to be used.
2498
2499 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
2500 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
2501 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
2502 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
2503 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
2504 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
2505 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
2506
2507 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
2508 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
2509 debugging purposes.
2510
2511 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
2512 group named differently than the user.
2513
2514 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
2515 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
2516 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
2517
2518 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
2519 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
2520 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
2521 /etc/fstab.
2522
2523 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
2524 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
2525 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
2526 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
2527
2528 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
2529 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
2530 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
2531 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
2532
2533 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
2534 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
2535 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
2536 Bernard.
2537
2538 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
2539 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
2540 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
2541 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
2542 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
2543 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
2544 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
2545 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
2546 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
2547 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
2548 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
2549
2550 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
2551 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
2552 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
2553 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
2554 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
2555 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
2556 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
2557 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
2558 command line option.
2559
2560 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
2561 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
2562
2563 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
2564 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
2565 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
2566 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
2567 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
2568 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
2569 systemd-timedated.
2570
2571 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
2572 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
2573 GPT partition table types.
2574
2575 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
2576 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
2577 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
2578
2579 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2580
2581 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
2582 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
2583 for the respective units.
2584
2585 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
2586 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
2587 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
2588
2589 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
2590 "status" output.
2591
2592 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
2593 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
2594 disappear.
2595
2596 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
2597 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
2598 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
2599 address is used.
2600
2601 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
2602 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
2603 dropped from the individual setting names.
2604
2605 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
2606 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
2607 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
2608 such files in version 243.
2609
2610 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
2611 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
2612 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
2613
2614 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
2615 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
2616 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
2617
2618 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
2619 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
2620 with stopping and disablement.
2621
2622 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
2623 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
2624 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
2625 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
2626 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
2627 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
2628 some internal systemd services (most notably
2629 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
2630 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
2631 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
2632 this systemd release. See
2633 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
2634 additional discussion.
2635
2636 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
2637 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
2638 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
2639 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
2640 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
2641 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
2642 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2643 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
2644 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
2645 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
2646 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
2647 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
2648 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
2649 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
2650 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
2651 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
2652 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
2653 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
2654 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
2655 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
2656 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
2657 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
2658 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
2659 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
2660 DONG
2661
2662 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
2663
2664 CHANGES WITH 244:
2665
2666 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
2667 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
2668 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
2669 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
2670
2671 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
2672 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
2673 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
2674 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
2675
2676 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
2677 units.
2678
2679 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
2680 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
2681 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
2682 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
2683 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
2684 set the EFI variable.
2685
2686 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
2687 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
2688 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
2689 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
2690 and overrides the systemd setting.
2691
2692 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
2693 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
2694 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
2695 effect.)
2696
2697 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
2698 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
2699 that affects all corresponding unit files.
2700
2701 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
2702 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
2703
2704 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
2705 the unit being shown.
2706
2707 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
2708 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
2709 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
2710 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
2711 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
2712
2713 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
2714 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
2715 which need to use them.
2716
2717 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
2718 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
2719 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
2720 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
2721 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
2722 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
2723 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
2724 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
2725 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
2726 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
2727
2728 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
2729 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
2730 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
2731 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
2732 security tokens that were used previously.
2733
2734 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
2735 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
2736 improve power saving with many more devices.
2737
2738 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
2739 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
2740 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
2741
2742 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
2743 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
2744 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
2745 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
2746 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
2747
2748 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
2749 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
2750 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
2751 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
2752 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
2753
2754 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
2755 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
2756
2757 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
2758 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
2759
2760 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
2761 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
2762 now supported.
2763
2764 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
2765 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
2766
2767 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
2768 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
2769 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
2770
2771 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
2772 received from the server.
2773
2774 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
2775 set.
2776
2777 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
2778 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
2779
2780 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
2781 using a new SendOption= setting.
2782
2783 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
2784 service type" value used by the client.
2785
2786 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
2787 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
2788
2789 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
2790 a new SendOption= setting.
2791
2792 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
2793 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
2794
2795 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
2796 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
2797
2798 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
2799 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
2800 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
2801
2802 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
2803 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
2804 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
2805 BSSID for wireless links.
2806
2807 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
2808 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
2809
2810 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
2811 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
2812
2813 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
2814 disciplines in the kernel using the new
2815 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
2816 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
2817 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
2818 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
2819
2820 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
2821
2822 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
2823 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
2824 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
2825 on its own).
2826
2827 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
2828 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
2829 of the present time.
2830
2831 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
2832 reproducible image builds easier).
2833
2834 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
2835 Specification.
2836
2837 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
2838 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
2839 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
2840 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
2841
2842 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
2843 is being used.
2844
2845 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
2846
2847 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
2848 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
2849 path as the system manager.
2850
2851 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
2852 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
2853 representation").
2854
2855 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
2856 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
2857 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
2858 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
2859 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
2860 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
2861 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
2862 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
2863
2864 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
2865 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
2866 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
2867 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
2868 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
2869 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
2870 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
2871 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
2872 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
2873 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2874 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
2875 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
2876 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
2877 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
2878 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
2879 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
2880 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
2881 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
2882 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
2883 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
2884 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
2885 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
2886 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2887
2888 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
2889
2890 CHANGES WITH 243:
2891
2892 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
2893 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
2894 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
2895 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
2896 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
2897 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
2898 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
2899 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
2900
2901 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
2902 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
2903 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
2904 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
2905 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
2906 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
2907 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
2908 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
2909 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
2910 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
2911 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
2912 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
2913 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
2914 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
2915 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
2916 documentation.
2917
2918 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
2919 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
2920 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
2921 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
2922 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
2923 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
2924 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
2925 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
2926 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
2927 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
2928 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
2929 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
2930 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
2931 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
2932 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
2933 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
2934
2935 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
2936 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
2937 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
2938 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
2939
2940 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
2941 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
2942
2943 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
2944 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
2945 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
2946 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
2947 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
2948 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
2949 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
2950 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
2951 caught up with the kernel API changes.
2952
2953 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
2954 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
2955 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
2956 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
2957 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
2958 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
2959 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
2960 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
2961 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
2962 packagers.
2963
2964 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
2965 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
2966
2967 build/man/man systemctl
2968 build/man/html systemd.index
2969
2970 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
2971 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
2972
2973 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
2974 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
2975 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
2976 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
2977 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
2978 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
2979
2980 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
2981 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
2982 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
2983 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
2984 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
2985 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
2986 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
2987 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
2988 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
2989 unambiguously distinguished.
2990
2991 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
2992 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
2993 very rarely used.
2994
2995 To replace this functionality, users should:
2996 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
2997 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
2998 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
2999 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
3000 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
3001
3002 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
3003 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
3004 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
3005 interfaces should really be matched.
3006
3007 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
3008 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
3009 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
3010 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
3011 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
3012 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
3013
3014 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
3015 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
3016 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
3017 stop the whole unit.
3018
3019 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
3020 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
3021 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
3022 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
3023 generated whenever a unit stops.
3024
3025 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
3026 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
3027 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
3028 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
3029
3030 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
3031 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
3032 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
3033 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
3034 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
3035
3036 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
3037 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
3038 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
3039 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
3040 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
3041 programs set up externally.
3042
3043 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
3044 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
3045 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
3046 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
3047
3048 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
3049 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
3050 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
3051 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
3052 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
3053 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
3054 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
3055
3056 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
3057 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
3058 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
3059 as before.
3060
3061 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
3062 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
3063 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
3064 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
3065 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
3066 links on terminals that support that.
3067
3068 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
3069 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
3070 unmounted safely during shutdown.
3071
3072 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
3073
3074 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
3075 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
3076 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
3077 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
3078 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
3079 The default remains unchanged.
3080
3081 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
3082 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
3083
3084 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
3085 udev property.
3086
3087 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
3088 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
3089 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
3090
3091 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
3092 interfaces natively.
3093
3094 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
3095 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
3096 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
3097 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
3098
3099 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
3100 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
3101 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
3102 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
3103 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
3104 RELEASE message when terminating.
3105
3106 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
3107 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
3108
3109 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
3110 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
3111 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
3112 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
3113 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
3114 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
3115 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
3116
3117 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
3118 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
3119 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
3120 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
3121 added to the GENEVE support.
3122
3123 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
3124 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
3125 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
3126 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
3127 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
3128
3129 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
3130 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
3131 onto the network device.
3132
3133 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
3134 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
3135 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
3136 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
3137 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
3138
3139 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
3140 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
3141 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
3142
3143 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
3144 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
3145
3146 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
3147 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
3148
3149 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
3150 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
3151 statistics.
3152
3153 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
3154 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
3155 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
3156
3157 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
3158 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
3159
3160 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
3161 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
3162 specific udev properties.
3163
3164 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
3165 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
3166 "lo" as underlying device.
3167
3168 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
3169 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
3170 IP addresses, too.
3171
3172 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
3173 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
3174 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
3175 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
3176
3177 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
3178 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
3179 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
3180 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
3181
3182 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
3183 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
3184 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
3185
3186 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
3187 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
3188 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
3189
3190 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
3191
3192 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
3193 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
3194 does the same for recurring calendar events.
3195
3196 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
3197 durations as opposed to points in time).
3198
3199 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
3200 expressions.
3201
3202 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
3203 codes to their names and back.
3204
3205 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
3206 file paths and unit aliases.
3207
3208 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
3209 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
3210 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
3211 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
3212
3213 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
3214 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
3215 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
3216 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
3217 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
3218 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
3219 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
3220 udev rules for that purpose.
3221
3222 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
3223 a device to be initialized.
3224
3225 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
3226 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
3227 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
3228
3229 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
3230 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
3231 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
3232 with gcc's cleanup extension.
3233
3234 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
3235 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
3236 with printf().
3237
3238 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
3239 XML introspection data unmodified.
3240
3241 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
3242 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
3243 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
3244 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
3245
3246 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
3247 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
3248 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
3249 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
3250 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
3251 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
3252 configured to handle the watchdog.
3253
3254 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
3255 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
3256 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
3257
3258 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
3259 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
3260 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
3261
3262 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
3263 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
3264 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
3265 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
3266 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
3267
3268 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
3269 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
3270 review.
3271
3272 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
3273 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
3274
3275 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
3276 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
3277
3278 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
3279 failures to apply them are now ignored.
3280
3281 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
3282 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
3283 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
3284 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
3285
3286 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
3287 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
3288 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
3289 service.
3290
3291 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
3292 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
3293 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
3294 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
3295 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
3296 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
3297 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
3298 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
3299 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
3300 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
3301 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
3302 a seed was received from the boot loader.
3303
3304 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
3305
3306 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
3307 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
3308 above.
3309
3310 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
3311 installed.
3312
3313 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
3314 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
3315 bootloader entry).
3316
3317 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
3318 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
3319
3320 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
3321
3322 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
3323 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
3324 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
3325 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
3326 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
3327
3328 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
3329 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
3330 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
3331
3332 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
3333 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
3334
3335 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
3336 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
3337 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
3338
3339 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
3340 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
3341 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
3342 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
3343 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
3344 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
3345 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
3346 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
3347 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
3348 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
3349 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
3350 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
3351 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
3352 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
3353 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
3354 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
3355 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
3356 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
3357 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3358 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
3359 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
3360 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
3361 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
3362 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
3363 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
3364 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
3365 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
3366 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
3367 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
3368 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
3369
3370 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
3371
3372 CHANGES WITH 242:
3373
3374 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
3375 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
3376 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
3377 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
3378 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
3379 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
3380 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
3381
3382 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
3383 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
3384
3385 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
3386 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
3387 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
3388 may be used to view this.
3389
3390 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
3391 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
3392 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
3393 ```
3394 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
3395 [Match]
3396 Type=bridge
3397
3398 [Link]
3399 MACAddressPolicy=none
3400 ```
3401
3402 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
3403 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
3404 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
3405 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
3406 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
3407 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
3408 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
3409
3410 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
3411 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
3412
3413 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
3414 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
3415
3416 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
3417 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
3418
3419 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
3420 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
3421 is a USB peripheral).
3422
3423 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
3424 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
3425 measured.
3426
3427 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
3428 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
3429 have privileges to do so).
3430
3431 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
3432 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
3433 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
3434
3435 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
3436 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
3437 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
3438 namespace.
3439
3440 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
3441 in which case environment variable substitution is
3442 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
3443
3444 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
3445 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
3446 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
3447 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
3448 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
3449
3450 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
3451 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
3452 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
3453 installed CPU cores.
3454
3455 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
3456 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
3457 kernel 4.15.
3458
3459 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
3460 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
3461 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
3462 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
3463 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
3464
3465 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
3466 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
3467 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
3468
3469 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
3470 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
3471 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
3472 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
3473 enslaved devices is not operational.
3474
3475 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
3476 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
3477
3478 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
3479 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
3480 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
3481 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
3482 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
3483 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
3484
3485 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
3486 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
3487
3488 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
3489
3490 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
3491 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
3492 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
3493
3494 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
3495 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
3496
3497 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
3498 configure CAN triple sampling.
3499
3500 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
3501 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
3502
3503 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
3504 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
3505 details.
3506
3507 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
3508 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
3509 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
3510 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
3511 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
3512 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
3513
3514 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
3515
3516 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
3517 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
3518 controlling project quota inheritance.
3519
3520 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
3521 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
3522 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
3523 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
3524 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
3525 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
3526 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
3527 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
3528 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
3529 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
3530 partition.
3531
3532 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
3533 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
3534 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
3535 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
3536 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
3537
3538 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
3539 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
3540
3541 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
3542 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
3543 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
3544 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
3545 be used in production yet.
3546
3547 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
3548 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
3549 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
3550 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
3551 input, output, and error are set up.
3552
3553 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
3554
3555 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
3556 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
3557 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
3558
3559 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
3560 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
3561 the specified expression will elapse next.
3562
3563 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
3564 introspection data.
3565
3566 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
3567 the reboot() system call expects.
3568
3569 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
3570 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
3571 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
3572
3573 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
3574 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
3575 ConditionVirtualization=).
3576
3577 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
3578 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
3579 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
3580 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
3581 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
3582 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
3583 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
3584 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
3585 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
3586 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
3587 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
3588 during reboot with their own operations.
3589
3590 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
3591 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
3592 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
3593 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
3594
3595 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
3596 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
3597 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
3598 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
3599 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
3600
3601 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
3602 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
3603
3604 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
3605 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
3606 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
3607 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
3608 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
3609 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
3610 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
3611 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
3612 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
3613
3614 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
3615 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
3616 prohibited.
3617
3618 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
3619 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
3620 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
3621 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
3622 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
3623 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
3624 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
3625 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
3626
3627 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
3628 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
3629 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
3630 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
3631 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
3632 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
3633 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
3634 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
3635 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
3636 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
3637 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
3638 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
3639 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
3640 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
3641 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
3642 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
3643 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
3644 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3645
3646 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
3647
3648 CHANGES WITH 241:
3649
3650 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
3651 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
3652 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
3653
3654 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
3655 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
3656 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
3657 include the package release information.
3658
3659 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
3660 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
3661 option.
3662
3663 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
3664 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
3665 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
3666
3667 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
3668 again.
3669
3670 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
3671 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
3672 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
3673 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
3674 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
3675 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
3676 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
3677 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
3678 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
3679 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
3680 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
3681 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
3682 installed .link files to *not* include it.
3683
3684 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
3685 "persistent", now works again as documented.
3686
3687 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
3688 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
3689
3690 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
3691 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
3692 used for side-channel attacks.
3693
3694 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
3695 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
3696 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
3697
3698 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
3699 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
3700 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
3701 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
3702 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
3703 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
3704
3705 fs.protected_regular = 0
3706 fs.protected_fifos = 0
3707
3708 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
3709 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
3710
3711 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
3712 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
3713 POSIX shells.
3714
3715 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
3716 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
3717
3718 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
3719 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
3720 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
3721 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
3722 points but otherwise empty.
3723
3724 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
3725 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
3726 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
3727
3728 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
3729 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
3730
3731 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
3732 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
3733
3734 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
3735 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
3736 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
3737 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
3738 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
3739 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
3740 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
3741 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
3742 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
3743 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
3744 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3745 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
3746 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
3747 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
3748 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
3749 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3750 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
3751
3752 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
3753
3754 CHANGES WITH 240:
3755
3756 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
3757 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
3758 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
3759 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
3760 an SELinux policy update is required.
3761 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
3762
3763 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
3764 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
3765 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
3766 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
3767 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
3768 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
3769 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
3770 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
3771 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
3772 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
3773
3774 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
3775 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
3776 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
3777 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
3778 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
3779 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
3780 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
3781 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
3782 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
3783 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
3784 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
3785 the search path.
3786
3787 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
3788 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
3789 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
3790 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
3791 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
3792 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
3793 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
3794 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
3795 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
3796 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
3797 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
3798 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
3799 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
3800 start job.
3801
3802 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
3803 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
3804 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
3805 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
3806 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
3807 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
3808 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
3809 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
3810 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
3811 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
3812
3813 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
3814 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
3815 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
3816 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
3817 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
3818 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
3819 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
3820 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
3821 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
3822 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
3823 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
3824 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
3825 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
3826 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
3827 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
3828 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
3829 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
3830 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
3831 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
3832 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
3833 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
3834 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
3835 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
3836 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
3837 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
3838 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
3839 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
3840 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
3841 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
3842 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
3843 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
3844 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
3845 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
3846 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
3847 Java.)
3848
3849 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
3850 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
3851 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
3852 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
3853 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
3854 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
3855 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
3856 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
3857 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
3858 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
3859
3860 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
3861 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
3862 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
3863 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
3864 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
3865 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
3866
3867 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
3868 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
3869 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
3870 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
3871 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
3872
3873 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
3874 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
3875
3876 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
3877 reverted.
3878
3879 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
3880 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
3881 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
3882
3883 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
3884 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
3885
3886 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
3887 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
3888 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
3889
3890 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
3891 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
3892 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
3893 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
3894 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
3895 latency.
3896
3897 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
3898 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
3899
3900 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
3901 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
3902 instance part of a unit name.
3903
3904 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
3905 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
3906 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
3907 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
3908 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
3909 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
3910 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
3911 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
3912 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
3913
3914 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
3915 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
3916 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
3917 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
3918
3919 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
3920 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
3921 to a file, and appending to it.
3922
3923 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
3924 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
3925 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
3926 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
3927 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
3928 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
3929
3930 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
3931 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
3932 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
3933 having to touch C code.
3934
3935 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
3936 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
3937
3938 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
3939 DNS-over-TLS.
3940
3941 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
3942 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
3943 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
3944
3945 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
3946 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
3947 until the system finished start-up.
3948
3949 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
3950
3951 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
3952 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
3953 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
3954 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
3955 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
3956 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
3957 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
3958
3959 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
3960 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
3961 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
3962 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
3963 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
3964 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
3965 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
3966 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
3967 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
3968 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
3969 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
3970 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
3971
3972 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
3973 instantiate services.
3974
3975 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
3976 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
3977
3978 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
3979 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
3980 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
3981
3982 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
3983 it is neither used nor maintained.
3984
3985 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3986 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
3987 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
3988 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
3989 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
3990 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
3991 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
3992 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
3993 separated by colons.
3994
3995 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
3996 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
3997
3998 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
3999 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
4000
4001 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
4002 "ethtool advertise" commands.
4003
4004 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
4005 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
4006 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
4007 directly.
4008
4009 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
4010 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
4011 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
4012 ID.
4013
4014 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
4015 and generate various 128bit IDs.
4016
4017 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
4018 and LOGO=.
4019
4020 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
4021 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
4022 from any hibernated image.
4023
4024 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
4025 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
4026 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
4027 kernel exports them.
4028
4029 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
4030 /usr/bin/.
4031
4032 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
4033 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
4034 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
4035 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
4036 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
4037 now documented here:
4038
4039 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
4040
4041 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
4042 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
4043 installs during early boot.
4044
4045 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
4046 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
4047
4048 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
4049 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
4050
4051 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
4052 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
4053 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
4054
4055 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
4056 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
4057 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
4058 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
4059 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
4060 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
4061 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
4062 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
4063 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
4064 is on AC power.
4065
4066 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
4067 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
4068 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
4069 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
4070 see:
4071
4072 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
4073
4074 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
4075 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
4076 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
4077 and container environments.
4078
4079 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
4080 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
4081 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
4082 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
4083
4084 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
4085 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
4086 journald per-service.
4087
4088 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
4089 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
4090
4091 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
4092 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
4093 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
4094 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
4095
4096 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
4097 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
4098 groups.
4099
4100 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
4101 --ephemeral command line switch.
4102
4103 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
4104 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
4105 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
4106 object itself.
4107
4108 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
4109 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
4110 not unloaded).
4111
4112 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
4113 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
4114 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
4115
4116 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
4117 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
4118 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
4119 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
4120 "dead" state on success.
4121
4122 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
4123 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
4124 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
4125 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
4126 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
4127 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
4128 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
4129 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
4130 well-defined system service context.
4131
4132 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
4133 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
4134 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
4135 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
4136
4137 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
4138 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
4139 continue to be used.
4140
4141 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
4142 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
4143 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
4144 for example:
4145
4146 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
4147
4148 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
4149 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
4150 the command line's exit code.
4151
4152 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
4153
4154 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
4155
4156 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
4157 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
4158 support to systemctl and all other commands.
4159
4160 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
4161 name as argument.
4162
4163 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
4164 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
4165 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
4166 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
4167 is improved.
4168
4169 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
4170 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
4171 initialize one to all 0xFF.
4172
4173 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
4174 all files and directories listed in
4175 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
4176 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
4177 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
4178 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
4179 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
4180 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
4181 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
4182 the transition to the host OS.
4183
4184 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
4185 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
4186 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
4187 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
4188 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
4189 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
4190 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
4191 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
4192 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
4193 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
4194 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
4195 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
4196 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
4197 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
4198 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
4199 these are opened they don't work.
4200
4201 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
4202 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
4203 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
4204 logic works again.
4205
4206 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
4207 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
4208 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
4209 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
4210 ignore it.
4211
4212 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
4213 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
4214 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
4215 commands.
4216
4217 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
4218 pam_systemd anymore.
4219
4220 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
4221 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
4222 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
4223 policy took effect.
4224
4225 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
4226 python-3.5.
4227
4228 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
4229 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
4230 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
4231 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
4232 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
4233 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
4234 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
4235 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
4236 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
4237 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
4238 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
4239 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
4240 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
4241 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
4242 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
4243 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
4244 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4245 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
4246 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
4247 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
4248 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
4249 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
4250 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
4251 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
4252 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
4253 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
4254 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4255 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
4256 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
4257 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
4258 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
4259 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
4260 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
4261 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
4262 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
4263 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
4264 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
4265 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
4266 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
4267 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
4268 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
4269 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
4270 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
4271 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
4272 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
4273
4274 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
4275
4276 CHANGES WITH 239:
4277
4278 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
4279 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
4280 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
4281 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
4282 a slot number associated.
4283
4284 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
4285 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
4286 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
4287 independent.
4288
4289 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
4290 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
4291 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
4292
4293 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
4294 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
4295 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
4296 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
4297
4298 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
4299 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
4300 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
4301 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
4302 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
4303 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
4304 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
4305 e.g. NIS.
4306
4307 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
4308 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
4309 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
4310 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
4311 may be necessary to update the file.
4312
4313 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
4314 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
4315 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
4316 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
4317 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
4318 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
4319 documentation.
4320
4321 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
4322 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
4323 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
4324 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
4325 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
4326 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
4327 them.
4328
4329 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
4330 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
4331 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
4332 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
4333 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
4334
4335 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
4336 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
4337 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
4338 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
4339 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
4340 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
4341 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
4342 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
4343
4344 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
4345 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
4346 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
4347 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
4348 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
4349
4350 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
4351 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
4352 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
4353 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
4354 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
4355
4356 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
4357 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
4358 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
4359
4360 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
4361 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
4362 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
4363 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
4364 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
4365 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
4366 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
4367 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
4368 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
4369 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
4370 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
4371 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
4372 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
4373 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
4374 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
4375 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
4376 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
4377 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
4378 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
4379 from.
4380
4381 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
4382 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
4383 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
4384 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
4385
4386 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
4387 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
4388 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
4389 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
4390
4391 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
4392 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
4393 hibernates again.
4394
4395 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
4396 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
4397
4398 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
4399 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
4400 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
4401
4402 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
4403 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
4404 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
4405 was not configurable and set to 512.
4406
4407 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
4408 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
4409 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
4410 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
4411 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
4412 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
4413 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
4414 in particular su and sudo.
4415
4416 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
4417 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
4418 synchronization has been received from the network. This
4419 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
4420 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
4421 services.
4422
4423 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
4424 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
4425 files should work for hibernation now.
4426
4427 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
4428 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
4429 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
4430 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
4431 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
4432 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
4433 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
4434 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
4435 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
4436 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
4437 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
4438 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
4439 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
4440 name following the last dash.
4441
4442 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
4443 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
4444 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
4445 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
4446 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
4447
4448 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
4449 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
4450 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
4451 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
4452 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
4453 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
4454
4455 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
4456 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
4457 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
4458 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
4459
4460 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
4461 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
4462 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
4463 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
4464 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
4465
4466 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
4467 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
4468 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
4469 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
4470 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
4471 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
4472 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
4473 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
4474 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
4475 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
4476 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
4477 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
4478 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
4479
4480 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
4481 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
4482 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
4483 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
4484 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
4485 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
4486 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
4487 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
4488 settings.
4489
4490 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
4491 expiration feature, if it is available.
4492
4493 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
4494 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
4495 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
4496
4497 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
4498 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
4499
4500 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
4501
4502 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
4503 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
4504
4505 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
4506 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
4507 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
4508 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
4509 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
4510 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
4511 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
4512 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
4513 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
4514 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
4515 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
4516
4517 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
4518 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
4519 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
4520 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
4521
4522 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
4523 about its state.
4524
4525 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
4526 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
4527 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
4528 "timedatectl set-ntp".
4529
4530 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
4531 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
4532 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
4533 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
4534 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
4535 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
4536 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
4537 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
4538 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
4539 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
4540 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
4541
4542 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
4543 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
4544
4545 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
4546 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
4547 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
4548 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
4549 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
4550 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
4551
4552 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
4553 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
4554 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
4555 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
4556 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
4557 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
4558 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
4559
4560 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
4561 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
4562 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
4563 shown.)
4564
4565 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
4566 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
4567 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
4568 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
4569 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
4570 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
4571 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
4572 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
4573 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
4574
4575 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
4576 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
4577 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
4578
4579 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
4580 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
4581 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
4582 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
4583 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
4584 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
4585 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
4586 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
4587
4588 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
4589
4590 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
4591 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
4592 automatically when the system clock changed.)
4593
4594 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
4595 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
4596
4597 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
4598 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
4599 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
4600
4601 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
4602
4603 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
4604
4605 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
4606 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
4607
4608 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
4609 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
4610 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
4611 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
4612 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
4613 external user databases.
4614
4615 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
4616 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
4617 refused due to the enforced limits.
4618
4619 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
4620 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
4621 manages.
4622
4623 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
4624 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
4625 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
4626 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
4627 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
4628 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
4629 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
4630 where this is now used by default.
4631
4632 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
4633 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
4634
4635 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
4636 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
4637 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
4638 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
4639 update process in a generic way.
4640
4641 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
4642
4643 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
4644 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
4645 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
4646 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
4647 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
4648 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
4649 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
4650 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
4651 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
4652 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
4653 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
4654 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
4655 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
4656 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
4657 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
4658 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
4659 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
4660 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
4661 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
4662 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
4663 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
4664 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
4665 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
4666 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
4667 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
4668 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
4669 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
4670 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
4671 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4672
4673 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
4674
4675 CHANGES WITH 238:
4676
4677 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
4678 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
4679 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
4680 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
4681 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
4682 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
4683 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
4684 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
4685 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
4686 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
4687 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
4688 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
4689 to revert this change.
4690
4691 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
4692 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
4693 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
4694 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
4695 once at the end of the transaction.
4696
4697 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
4698 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
4699 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
4700 scripts.
4701
4702 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
4703 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
4704 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
4705 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
4706 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
4707 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
4708 still allowing local admin overrides.
4709
4710 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
4711 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
4712 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
4713
4714 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
4715 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
4716 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
4717 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
4718 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
4719
4720 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
4721 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
4722 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
4723 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
4724 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
4725 from package installation scripts.
4726
4727 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
4728 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
4729 without the user number ("u username -:456").
4730
4731 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
4732 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
4733
4734 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
4735 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
4736 /sbin/nologin for other users).
4737
4738 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
4739 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
4740 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
4741 --systemd, --user, or --global).
4742
4743 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
4744 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
4745 which are triggered meanwhile).
4746
4747 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
4748 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
4749 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
4750 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
4751 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
4752
4753 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
4754 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
4755 rotated very quickly.
4756
4757 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
4758 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
4759 pending bus messages.
4760
4761 * systemd gained a new
4762 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
4763 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
4764 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
4765 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
4766 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
4767 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
4768 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
4769 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
4770 session scope.
4771
4772 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
4773 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
4774 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
4775 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
4776 the tree to be accessed.
4777
4778 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
4779 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
4780 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
4781
4782 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
4783 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
4784 to keys in the main keyring.
4785
4786 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
4787
4788 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
4789 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
4790
4791 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
4792
4793 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
4794 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
4795 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
4796 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
4797 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
4798 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
4799 explicitly.
4800
4801 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
4802 the colour of "OK" status messages.
4803
4804 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
4805 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
4806 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
4807 be restarted.
4808
4809 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
4810 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
4811
4812 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
4813 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
4814 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
4815 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
4816 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
4817 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
4818 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
4819 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4820 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
4821 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
4822 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
4823 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
4824 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4825 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4826 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
4827 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
4828
4829 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
4830
4831 CHANGES WITH 237:
4832
4833 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
4834 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
4835 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
4836 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
4837
4838 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
4839 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
4840 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
4841 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
4842 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
4843 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
4844 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
4845 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
4846 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
4847 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
4848
4849 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
4850 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
4851 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
4852 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
4853 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
4854 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
4855 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
4856 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
4857 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
4858 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
4859
4860 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
4861 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
4862 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
4863 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
4864 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
4865 now provides explicit control.
4866
4867 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
4868 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
4869 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
4870 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
4871 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
4872 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
4873 unit types that already supported transient operation.
4874
4875 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
4876 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
4877 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
4878
4879 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
4880 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
4881
4882 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
4883 .network files all gained support for a new condition
4884 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
4885 versions.
4886
4887 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
4888 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
4889 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
4890 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
4891 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
4892 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
4893 understands RapidCommit=.
4894
4895 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
4896 Delegation.
4897
4898 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
4899 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
4900 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
4901 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
4902 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
4903 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
4904 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
4905 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
4906 --watch-bind= command line switch.
4907
4908 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
4909 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
4910 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
4911 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
4912 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
4913 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
4914 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
4915 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
4916 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
4917 "Disconnected" signals).
4918
4919 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
4920 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
4921 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
4922 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
4923 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
4924 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
4925 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
4926 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
4927 round-trips are removed.
4928
4929 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
4930 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
4931 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
4932 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
4933
4934 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
4935 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
4936 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
4937 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
4938 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
4939 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
4940
4941 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
4942 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
4943 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
4944 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
4945 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
4946 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
4947 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
4948 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
4949 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
4950 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
4951
4952 * sd-event gained a new call pair
4953 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
4954 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
4955 when the event source is destroyed.
4956
4957 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
4958 connections.
4959
4960 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
4961 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
4962 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
4963 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
4964 new transitional flag file has been added: if
4965 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
4966 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
4967
4968 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
4969 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
4970 manager.
4971
4972 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
4973 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
4974 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
4975 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
4976 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
4977
4978 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
4979 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
4980 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
4981 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
4982 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
4983 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
4984
4985 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
4986 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
4987 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
4988 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
4989 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
4990 level/target is given as an argument.
4991
4992 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
4993 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
4994 where UID and GID do not match.
4995
4996 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
4997 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
4998 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
4999 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
5000 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
5001 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
5002 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
5003 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
5004 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
5005 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
5006 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
5007 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
5008 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5009 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
5010 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
5011 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
5012 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
5013 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
5014 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
5015 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
5016 Палаузов
5017
5018 — Brno, 2018-01-28
5019
5020 CHANGES WITH 236:
5021
5022 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
5023 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
5024 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
5025 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
5026
5027 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
5028 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
5029 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
5030 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
5031 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
5032 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
5033 valid specifiers today.)
5034
5035 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
5036 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
5037 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
5038 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
5039 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
5040 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
5041
5042 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
5043 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
5044 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
5045 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
5046
5047 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
5048 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
5049 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
5050 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
5051 services are resolved properly.
5052
5053 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
5054 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
5055 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
5056 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
5057 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
5058 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
5059 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
5060 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
5061 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
5062 and btrfs.
5063
5064 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
5065 DNS server and domain information.
5066
5067 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
5068 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
5069 runtime.
5070
5071 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
5072 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
5073 empty for the first time.
5074
5075 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
5076 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
5077 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
5078 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
5079 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
5080 running in the user session.
5081
5082 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
5083 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
5084 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
5085 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
5086 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
5087 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
5088 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
5089 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
5090 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
5091 user instance).
5092
5093 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
5094 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
5095
5096 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
5097 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
5098 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
5099 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
5100
5101 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
5102 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
5103
5104 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
5105 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
5106 sleep verbs.
5107
5108 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
5109
5110 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
5111 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
5112
5113 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
5114
5115 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
5116 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
5117 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
5118
5119 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
5120 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
5121 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
5122 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
5123 instance.
5124
5125 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
5126 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
5127 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
5128
5129 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
5130 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
5131 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
5132
5133 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
5134
5135 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
5136 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
5137 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
5138 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
5139 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
5140 processes.
5141
5142 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
5143 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
5144 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
5145 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
5146
5147 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
5148 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
5149 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
5150
5151 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
5152 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
5153 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
5154 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
5155 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
5156
5157 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
5158 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
5159
5160 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
5161 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
5162 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
5163 time the specified expression would elapse.
5164
5165 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
5166 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
5167 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
5168 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
5169 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
5170 types, not just services.
5171
5172 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
5173 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
5174 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
5175 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
5176
5177 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
5178 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
5179 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
5180 interface for this purpose.
5181
5182 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
5183 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
5184 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
5185 anyway.
5186
5187 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
5188 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
5189 requirements of systemd.
5190
5191 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
5192 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
5193 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
5194
5195 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
5196 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
5197 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
5198 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
5199
5200 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
5201 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
5202 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
5203 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
5204
5205 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
5206 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
5207
5208 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
5209 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
5210 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
5211 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
5212 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
5213 managing software supports (such as pppd).
5214
5215 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
5216 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
5217 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
5218
5219 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
5220 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
5221 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
5222 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
5223 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
5224 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
5225 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
5226 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
5227 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
5228 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
5229 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
5230 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
5231 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
5232 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
5233 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
5234 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
5235 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
5236 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
5237 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
5238 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
5239 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
5240 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5241 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5242
5243 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
5244
5245 CHANGES WITH 235:
5246
5247 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
5248 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
5249 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
5250 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
5251 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
5252 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
5253 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
5254 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
5255 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
5256 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
5257 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
5258 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
5259 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
5260 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
5261 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
5262 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
5263 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
5264 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
5265 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
5266 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
5267 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
5268 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
5269 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
5270 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
5271 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
5272 IPAddressDeny= see below.
5273
5274 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
5275 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
5276 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
5277 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
5278 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
5279 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
5280 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
5281 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
5282
5283 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
5284 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
5285 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
5286 used to change those values.
5287
5288 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
5289 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
5290 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
5291 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
5292 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
5293 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
5294
5295 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
5296 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
5297 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
5298 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
5299
5300 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
5301 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
5302 one top-level directory.
5303
5304 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5305 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
5306 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
5307 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
5308 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
5309 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
5310 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
5311 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
5312 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
5313 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
5314 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
5315 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
5316 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
5317 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
5318 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
5319
5320 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
5321 Meson-only.
5322
5323 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
5324 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
5325 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
5326 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
5327 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
5328 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
5329 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
5330 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
5331 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
5332 acceptable to us.
5333
5334 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
5335 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
5336 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
5337 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
5338 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
5339 requested at build time.
5340
5341 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
5342 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
5343 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
5344 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
5345 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
5346 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
5347 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
5348 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
5349 Type= setting which permits configuring
5350 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
5351
5352 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
5353 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
5354 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
5355 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
5356 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
5357 local frames between bridge ports.
5358
5359 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
5360 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
5361 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
5362
5363 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
5364 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
5365
5366 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
5367 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
5368 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
5369 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
5370
5371 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
5372 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
5373 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
5374 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
5375 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
5376 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
5377 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
5378 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
5379
5380 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
5381 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
5382 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
5383 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
5384 command.)
5385
5386 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
5387 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
5388 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
5389
5390 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
5391 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
5392 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
5393 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
5394
5395 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
5396 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
5397 configured, except for the credentials applied by
5398 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
5399 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
5400 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
5401 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
5402 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
5403 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
5404 on systems where this is not supported.
5405
5406 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
5407 sockets.
5408
5409 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
5410 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
5411 during runtime.
5412
5413 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
5414 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
5415 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
5416
5417 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
5418 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
5419 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
5420
5421 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
5422 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
5423 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
5424 Following this logic, two new special targets
5425 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
5426 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
5427 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
5428
5429 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
5430 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
5431 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
5432 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
5433
5434 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
5435 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
5436 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
5437 --wait".
5438
5439 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
5440 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
5441 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
5442 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
5443 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
5444 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
5445 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
5446 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
5447 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
5448
5449 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
5450 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
5451 containing information about the consumed resources of this
5452 invocation.
5453
5454 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
5455 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
5456 processes.
5457
5458 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
5459 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
5460 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
5461 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
5462 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
5463 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
5464 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
5465 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
5466 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
5467 systems for all five operations.
5468
5469 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
5470 the system.
5471
5472 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
5473 than UTC or the local timezone.
5474
5475 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
5476 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
5477 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
5478 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
5479 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
5480 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
5481 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
5482 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
5483
5484 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
5485 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
5486 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
5487 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
5488 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
5489 again.
5490
5491 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
5492 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
5493 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
5494
5495 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
5496 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
5497 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
5498 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
5499 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
5500 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
5501 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
5502 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
5503 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
5504 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
5505 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
5506 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
5507 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
5508 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
5509 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
5510 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
5511 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
5512 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
5513 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
5514 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5515
5516 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
5517
5518 CHANGES WITH 234:
5519
5520 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
5521 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
5522 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
5523 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
5524 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
5525 summary:
5526
5527 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
5528
5529 becomes:
5530
5531 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
5532
5533 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
5534 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
5535 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
5536 .device units.
5537
5538 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
5539 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
5540 running a systemd user instance.
5541
5542 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
5543 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
5544 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
5545 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
5546 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
5547 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
5548
5549 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
5550
5551 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
5552 (domain search list).
5553
5554 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
5555 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
5556 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
5557 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
5558 implementation of RA.
5559
5560 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
5561 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
5562 ISO date values.
5563
5564 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
5565 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
5566 devices.
5567
5568 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
5569 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
5570 option.
5571
5572 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
5573 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
5574 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
5575 default yet.
5576
5577 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
5578 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
5579 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
5580 SHA256SUMS files.
5581
5582 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
5583 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
5584
5585 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
5586
5587 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
5588
5589 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
5590 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5591
5592 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
5593 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
5594 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
5595 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
5596
5597 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
5598 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
5599 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
5600 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
5601 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
5602 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
5603 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
5604 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
5605 systemd-logind to be safe. See
5606 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
5607
5608 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
5609 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
5610 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
5611 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
5612 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
5613 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
5614 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
5615 after all the plugins exit.
5616
5617 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
5618 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
5619 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
5620 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
5621 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
5622 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
5623 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
5624 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5625 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
5626 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
5627 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
5628 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
5629 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
5630 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
5631 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
5632 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5633 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
5634 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
5635 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
5636 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
5637 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
5638 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
5639 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
5640 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
5641 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
5642 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
5643 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
5644 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
5645 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
5646 Георгиевски
5647
5648 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
5649
5650 CHANGES WITH 233:
5651
5652 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
5653 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
5654 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
5655 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
5656 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
5657 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
5658 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
5659 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
5660 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
5661
5662 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
5663 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
5664 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
5665 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
5666 default selected on the configure command line
5667 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
5668 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
5669 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
5670 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
5671 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
5672 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
5673 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
5674 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
5675 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
5676 greatest stability and compatibility only.
5677
5678 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
5679 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
5680 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
5681 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
5682 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
5683 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
5684 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
5685 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
5686 further details about this.)
5687
5688 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
5689 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
5690 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
5691
5692 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
5693 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
5694
5695 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
5696 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
5697 with 'make install-tests'.
5698
5699 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
5700 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
5701 kernel.
5702
5703 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
5704 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
5705 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
5706 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
5707 by the Slice= option.
5708
5709 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
5710 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
5711 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
5712 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
5713
5714 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
5715 following choices:
5716
5717 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
5718 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
5719 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
5720 (h)elp
5721 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
5722 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
5723 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
5724 (y)es, execute the command
5725
5726 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
5727 because its meaning was confusing.
5728
5729 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
5730 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
5731
5732 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
5733 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
5734 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
5735
5736 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
5737 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
5738 state directly, without executing these commands.
5739
5740 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
5741 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
5742 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
5743
5744 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
5745 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
5746 combination with After=) have been started.
5747
5748 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
5749 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
5750 setting, and which system calls they contain.
5751
5752 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
5753 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
5754 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
5755 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
5756 configuration related calls.
5757
5758 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
5759 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
5760 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
5761 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
5762 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
5763 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
5764 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
5765
5766 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
5767 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
5768
5769 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
5770 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
5771 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
5772
5773 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
5774 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
5775
5776 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
5777 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
5778 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
5779 for compatibility.
5780
5781 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
5782 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
5783
5784 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
5785 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
5786
5787 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
5788 support for negative matching.
5789
5790 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
5791
5792 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
5793 permitted runtime of the mount command.
5794
5795 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
5796 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
5797 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
5798 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
5799 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
5800 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
5801 removed from the drive.
5802
5803 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
5804 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
5805
5806 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
5807 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
5808
5809 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
5810 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
5811 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
5812
5813 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
5814 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
5815 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
5816 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
5817 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
5818 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
5819 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
5820
5821 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
5822 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
5823 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
5824 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
5825 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
5826 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
5827
5828 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
5829 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
5830
5831 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
5832 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
5833 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
5834 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
5835 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
5836 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
5837 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
5838 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
5839
5840 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
5841 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
5842 including all control processes.
5843
5844 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
5845 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
5846 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
5847
5848 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5849 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
5850 prefixing the source path with "+".
5851
5852 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
5853 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
5854 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
5855 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
5856 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
5857 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
5858 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
5859 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
5860
5861 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
5862 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
5863 before).
5864
5865 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
5866 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
5867 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
5868 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
5869 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
5870 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
5871 the new --root-hash= command line option).
5872
5873 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
5874 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
5875 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
5876 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
5877 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
5878 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
5879 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
5880 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
5881 versions.
5882
5883 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
5884 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
5885 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
5886 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
5887 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
5888 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
5889 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
5890 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
5891 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
5892 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
5893 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
5894 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
5895 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
5896 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
5897 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
5898 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
5899 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
5900 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
5901 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
5902 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
5903 a Verity-enabled root partition.
5904
5905 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
5906 accelerometer quirks.
5907
5908 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
5909 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
5910 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
5911 ID of each service.
5912
5913 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
5914 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
5915 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
5916 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
5917 view.
5918
5919 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
5920 environment variables:
5921
5922 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
5923
5924 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
5925 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
5926 address.
5927
5928 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
5929 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
5930 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
5931
5932 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
5933 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
5934 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
5935 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
5936 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
5937 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
5938 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
5939 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
5940 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
5941 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
5942 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
5943 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
5944 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
5945
5946 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
5947 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
5948 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
5949
5950 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
5951 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
5952
5953 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
5954 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
5955 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
5956 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
5957 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
5958
5959 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
5960 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
5961 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
5962
5963 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
5964 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
5965
5966 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
5967 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
5968 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
5969 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
5970
5971 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
5972 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
5973 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
5974 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
5975 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
5976 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
5977 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
5978 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
5979 possibly even including full integrity data.
5980
5981 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
5982 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
5983 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
5984 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
5985 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
5986
5987 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
5988 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
5989 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
5990 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
5991 directly with systemd-nspawn.
5992
5993 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
5994 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
5995 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
5996 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
5997
5998 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
5999 of coredumps in reverse order.
6000
6001 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
6002 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
6003 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
6004 additional informational message in its output.
6005
6006 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
6007 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
6008 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
6009
6010 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
6011 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
6012 scripting languages such as Python.
6013
6014 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
6015 namespacing is enabled for them.
6016
6017 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
6018 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
6019 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
6020 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
6021 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
6022 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
6023
6024 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
6025 root key (KSK).
6026
6027 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
6028 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
6029 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
6030
6031 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
6032 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
6033 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
6034 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
6035 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
6036 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
6037 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
6038 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
6039 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
6040 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
6041 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
6042 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
6043 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
6044 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
6045 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
6046 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
6047 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
6048 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
6049 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
6050 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
6051 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
6052 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
6053 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
6054 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
6055 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
6056 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
6057 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
6058 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
6059 Тихонов
6060
6061 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
6062
6063 CHANGES WITH 232:
6064
6065 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
6066 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
6067 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
6068 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
6069 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
6070 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
6071
6072 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
6073 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
6074
6075 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
6076 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
6077 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6078
6079 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
6080 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
6081 to be remounted read-only for a service.
6082
6083 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
6084 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
6085 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
6086 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
6087
6088 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
6089 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
6090
6091 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
6092 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
6093 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
6094
6095 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
6096 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
6097 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
6098 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
6099 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
6100 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
6101 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
6102 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
6103 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
6104 permanent modifications to the system.
6105
6106 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
6107 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
6108 container or chroot environments.
6109
6110 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
6111 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
6112 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
6113 mapped to nobody.
6114
6115 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
6116 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
6117 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
6118 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
6119
6120 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
6121 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
6122
6123 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
6124 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
6125 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
6126 and the support is provisional.
6127
6128 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
6129 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
6130 unit files in the file system).
6131
6132 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
6133 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
6134 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
6135 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
6136 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
6137 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
6138 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
6139 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
6140 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
6141 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
6142 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
6143 state is fixed automatically.
6144
6145 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
6146 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
6147 option.
6148
6149 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
6150 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
6151 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
6152 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
6153 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
6154 else.
6155
6156 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
6157 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
6158 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
6159 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
6160 bootable on physical systems.
6161
6162 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
6163
6164 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
6165 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
6166 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
6167 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
6168 used.
6169
6170 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
6171 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
6172 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
6173 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
6174
6175 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
6176
6177 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
6178 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
6179 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
6180 of the container).
6181
6182 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
6183 files from the specified location.
6184
6185 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
6186 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
6187 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
6188 be active.
6189
6190 * The hardware database has been extended to support
6191 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
6192 trackball devices.
6193
6194 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
6195 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
6196 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
6197
6198 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
6199 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
6200 specified service binary exited.)
6201
6202 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
6203 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
6204
6205 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
6206 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
6207 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
6208 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
6209 --since= and --until= options.
6210
6211 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
6212 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
6213 are automatically propagated to the container.
6214
6215 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
6216 from a single IP address can be limited with
6217 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
6218 MaxConnections=.
6219
6220 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
6221 configuration.
6222
6223 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
6224 drop-ins.
6225
6226 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
6227 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
6228 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
6229 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
6230 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
6231 [Link] section of .link files.
6232
6233 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
6234 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
6235 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
6236 section of .netdev files.
6237
6238 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
6239 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
6240 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
6241
6242 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
6243 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
6244 .network files.
6245
6246 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
6247 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
6248 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
6249 service runtime cycle.
6250
6251 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
6252 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
6253 has been traditionally doing.
6254
6255 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
6256 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
6257 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
6258 prevent any later plugins from running.
6259
6260 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
6261 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
6262 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
6263 default of SplitMode=uid.
6264
6265 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
6266 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
6267 useful.
6268
6269 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
6270 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
6271 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
6272 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
6273 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
6274 individual namespaces.
6275
6276 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
6277 the output, as well as OS release information.
6278
6279 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
6280
6281 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
6282 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
6283 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
6284 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
6285 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
6286
6287 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
6288 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
6289 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
6290 severed.
6291
6292 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
6293 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
6294 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
6295 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
6296 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
6297 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
6298 information about exit statuses and results.
6299
6300 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
6301 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
6302 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
6303 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
6304 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
6305 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
6306
6307 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
6308
6309 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
6310 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
6311 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
6312 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
6313 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
6314 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
6315 entirely.
6316
6317 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
6318 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
6319 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
6320
6321 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
6322 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
6323 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
6324 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
6325 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
6326 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
6327 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
6328 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
6329 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
6330 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
6331 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
6332 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
6333 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
6334 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
6335 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
6336 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
6337 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
6338
6339 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
6340 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
6341 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
6342 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
6343
6344 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
6345 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
6346 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
6347 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
6348
6349 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
6350 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
6351 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
6352 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
6353 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
6354 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
6355 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
6356 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
6357 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
6358 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
6359 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
6360 fragment entirely.)
6361
6362 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
6363 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
6364 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
6365
6366 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
6367 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
6368 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
6369 FileDescriptorName= setting.
6370
6371 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
6372 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
6373 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
6374 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
6375 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
6376 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
6377
6378 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
6379 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
6380
6381 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
6382 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
6383
6384 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
6385 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
6386 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
6387 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
6388 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
6389
6390 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
6391 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
6392 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
6393 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6394 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
6395 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
6396 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
6397 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
6398 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
6399 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
6400 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
6401 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
6402 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
6403 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
6404 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6405 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
6406 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
6407 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
6408 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
6409 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
6410 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
6411 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
6412 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
6413 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
6414 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6415 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6416
6417 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
6418
6419 CHANGES WITH 231:
6420
6421 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
6422 with an additional special character as first argument of the
6423 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
6424 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
6425 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
6426 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
6427 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
6428 independently.
6429
6430 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
6431 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
6432
6433 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
6434 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
6435 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
6436 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
6437 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
6438 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
6439 values.
6440
6441 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
6442 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
6443 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
6444 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
6445 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
6446
6447 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
6448 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
6449 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
6450 7:10am every day.
6451
6452 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
6453 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
6454 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
6455 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
6456 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
6457 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
6458 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
6459 available for compatibility.
6460
6461 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
6462 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
6463 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
6464 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
6465 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
6466 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
6467
6468 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
6469 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
6470 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
6471 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
6472 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
6473 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
6474 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
6475 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
6476 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
6477
6478 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
6479 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
6480 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
6481 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
6482 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
6483 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
6484 desired options.
6485
6486 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
6487 cgroup v2.
6488
6489 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
6490 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
6491 limited to subgroups of that group.
6492
6493 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
6494 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
6495 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
6496 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
6497 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
6498 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
6499 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
6500 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
6501
6502 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
6503 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
6504 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
6505 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
6506 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
6507 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
6508 own long-running services.
6509
6510 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
6511 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
6512 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
6513 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
6514
6515 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
6516 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
6517 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
6518 propagates this notification further to the service manager
6519 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
6520 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
6521 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
6522 primitives.
6523
6524 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
6525 "terminate".
6526
6527 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
6528 link-local IPv6 addresses.
6529
6530 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
6531 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
6532 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
6533 --flush-caches".
6534
6535 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
6536 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
6537 is shown.
6538
6539 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
6540 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
6541 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
6542 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
6543 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
6544 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
6545
6546 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
6547 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
6548 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
6549 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
6550 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
6551 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
6552 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
6553 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
6554 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
6555 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
6556 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
6557 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
6558 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
6559 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
6560 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
6561 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
6562 bus API instead.
6563
6564 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
6565 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
6566 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
6567 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
6568
6569 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
6570 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
6571 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
6572 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
6573
6574 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
6575 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
6576 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
6577
6578 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
6579 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
6580
6581 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
6582 interface configuration.
6583
6584 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
6585 specifying the --force switch.
6586
6587 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
6588 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
6589 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
6590
6591 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
6592 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
6593 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
6594 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
6595 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
6596 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
6597 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
6598 to be handled.
6599
6600 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
6601 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
6602
6603 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
6604 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
6605
6606 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
6607 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
6608 of persistent symlinks for that device.
6609
6610 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
6611 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
6612
6613 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
6614 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
6615 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
6616 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
6617 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
6618 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
6619 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
6620 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
6621 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
6622 library.
6623
6624 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
6625 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
6626 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
6627 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
6628 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
6629 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
6630 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
6631 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
6632 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
6633 doc/HACKING for details.
6634
6635 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
6636 distribution's bugtracker.
6637
6638 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
6639 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
6640 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
6641 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
6642 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
6643 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
6644 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
6645 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
6646 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
6647 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
6648 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
6649 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
6650 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
6651 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
6652 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
6653 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
6654 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
6655 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
6656 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6657
6658 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
6659
6660 CHANGES WITH 230:
6661
6662 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
6663 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
6664 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
6665 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
6666 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
6667 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
6668 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
6669 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
6670 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
6671 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
6672 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
6673 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
6674 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
6675 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
6676 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
6677 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
6678 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
6679 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
6680 applications.)
6681
6682 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
6683 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
6684 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
6685
6686 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
6687 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
6688 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
6689 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
6690 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
6691 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
6692 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
6693
6694 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
6695 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
6696 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
6697 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
6698 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
6699 command works for tmux.
6700
6701 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
6702 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
6703 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
6704 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
6705 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
6706 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
6707
6708 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
6709 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
6710
6711 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
6712 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
6713 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
6714
6715 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
6716
6717 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
6718 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
6719 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
6720 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
6721 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
6722
6723 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
6724 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
6725 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
6726 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
6727
6728 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
6729 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
6730 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
6731 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
6732 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
6733 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
6734
6735 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
6736 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
6737 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
6738
6739 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
6740 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
6741 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
6742 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
6743 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
6744 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
6745
6746 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
6747 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
6748 address.
6749
6750 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
6751 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
6752 should be emitted.
6753
6754 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
6755 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
6756 supported.
6757
6758 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
6759 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
6760 logging performance.
6761
6762 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6763 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
6764 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
6765 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
6766 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
6767 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
6768
6769 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
6770 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
6771 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
6772 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
6773
6774 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
6775 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
6776
6777 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
6778 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
6779 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
6780
6781 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
6782
6783 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
6784 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
6785 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
6786 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
6787
6788 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
6789 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
6790 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
6791 refuse to operate on such files.
6792
6793 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
6794 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
6795 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
6796
6797 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
6798 just hidden container images.
6799
6800 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
6801 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
6802
6803 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
6804 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
6805 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
6806 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
6807 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
6808 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
6809 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
6810 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
6811 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
6812 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
6813 been changed to use this functionality by default.
6814
6815 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
6816 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
6817 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
6818 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
6819 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
6820 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
6821 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
6822 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
6823 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
6824 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
6825 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
6826 terminates.
6827
6828 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
6829 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
6830 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
6831 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
6832
6833 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
6834 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
6835 rate of the socket unit.
6836
6837 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
6838 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
6839 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
6840 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
6841 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
6842
6843 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
6844 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
6845 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
6846 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
6847 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
6848 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
6849 with this.
6850
6851 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
6852 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
6853
6854 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
6855 merged into the kernel in its current form.
6856
6857 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
6858 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
6859 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
6860 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
6861 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
6862
6863 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
6864 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
6865 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
6866
6867 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
6868 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
6869 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
6870 target is now included in early userspace.
6871
6872 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
6873 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
6874 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
6875 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
6876 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
6877 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
6878 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
6879 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
6880 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
6881 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
6882 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
6883 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
6884 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
6885 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
6886 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
6887 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
6888 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
6889 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
6890 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
6891 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6892 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
6893 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
6894 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
6895 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
6896 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6897 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6898
6899 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
6900
6901 CHANGES WITH 229:
6902
6903 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
6904 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
6905 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
6906 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
6907 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
6908 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
6909 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
6910 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
6911 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
6912 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
6913 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
6914 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
6915 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
6916
6917 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
6918 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
6919 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
6920 /usr/bin.
6921
6922 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
6923 devices.
6924
6925 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
6926 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
6927 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
6928 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
6929 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
6930 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
6931 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
6932 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
6933 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
6934 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
6935 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
6936 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
6937 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
6938 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
6939 this limit.
6940
6941 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
6942 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
6943 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
6944 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
6945 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
6946 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
6947 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
6948 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
6949
6950 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
6951 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
6952 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
6953 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
6954 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
6955 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
6956 and group at package installation time.
6957
6958 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
6959 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
6960 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
6961 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
6962 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
6963
6964 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
6965 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
6966 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
6967 supports it.
6968
6969 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
6970 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
6971
6972 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
6973 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
6974 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
6975 file is already initialized.
6976
6977 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
6978 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
6979 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
6980 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
6981 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
6982 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
6983 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
6984 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
6985 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
6986
6987 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
6988 working directory for the process started in the container.
6989
6990 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
6991 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
6992 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
6993 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
6994 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
6995
6996 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
6997 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
6998 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
6999
7000 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
7001 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
7002 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
7003 sd_journal_restart_fields().
7004
7005 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
7006 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
7007 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
7008 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
7009 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
7010
7011 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
7012 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
7013 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
7014 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
7015
7016 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
7017 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
7018 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
7019 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
7020 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
7021 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
7022 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
7023 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
7024 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
7025 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
7026 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
7027 by PID 1.
7028
7029 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
7030 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
7031 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
7032 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
7033 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
7034 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
7035 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
7036 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
7037
7038 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
7039
7040 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
7041 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
7042 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
7043
7044 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
7045 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
7046 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
7047 recent kernels.
7048
7049 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
7050 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
7051
7052 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
7053 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
7054 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
7055 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
7056 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
7057 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
7058 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
7059 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
7060 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
7061 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
7062 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
7063 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
7064 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
7065
7066 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
7067 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
7068 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
7069 clusters or larger setups.
7070
7071 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
7072
7073 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
7074 sockets.
7075
7076 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
7077
7078 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
7079 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
7080 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
7081 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
7082 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
7083 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
7084
7085 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
7086 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
7087 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
7088
7089 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
7090 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
7091 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
7092 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
7093
7094 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
7095
7096 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
7097 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
7098 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
7099 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
7100 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
7101 maintain compatibility.
7102
7103 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
7104 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
7105 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
7106 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
7107 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
7108 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
7109 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
7110 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
7111 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
7112 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
7113 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
7114 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7115 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
7116 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
7117 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
7118 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
7119 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7120 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
7121 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7122
7123 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
7124
7125 CHANGES WITH 228:
7126
7127 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
7128 files are now also available as properties to set when
7129 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
7130 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
7131 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
7132 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
7133 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7134 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
7135 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
7136
7137 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
7138 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
7139 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
7140
7141 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
7142 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
7143 created transiently.
7144
7145 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
7146 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
7147 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
7148 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
7149 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
7150 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
7151 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
7152 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
7153
7154 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
7155 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
7156 disk and sync the files, before returning.
7157
7158 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
7159 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
7160 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
7161 enabled.
7162
7163 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
7164 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
7165 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
7166 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
7167 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
7168 subvolumes.
7169
7170 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
7171 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
7172
7173 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
7174 individual indexes.
7175
7176 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
7177 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
7178 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
7179 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
7180 now.
7181
7182 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
7183 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
7184 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
7185 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
7186 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
7187 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
7188 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
7189 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
7190 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
7191 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
7192 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
7193 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
7194 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
7195 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
7196 number of processes or tasks each user may own
7197 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
7198 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
7199 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
7200 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
7201 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
7202 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
7203
7204 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
7205 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
7206 links between the host and the container.
7207
7208 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
7209 added that allows importing select environment variables
7210 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
7211 the service.
7212
7213 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
7214 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
7215 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
7216 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
7217 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
7218 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
7219 than until they first elapse.
7220
7221 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
7222 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
7223 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
7224 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
7225 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
7226 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
7227 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
7228 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
7229
7230 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
7231 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
7232 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
7233 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
7234 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
7235 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
7236 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
7237 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
7238 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
7239 journal and in coredump handling.
7240
7241 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
7242 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
7243 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
7244 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
7245 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
7246 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
7247 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
7248 software you package still references it, as this is a
7249 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
7250 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
7251
7252 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
7253
7254 Note that only util-linux versions built with
7255 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
7256
7257 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
7258 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
7259 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
7260
7261 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
7262 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
7263 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
7264 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
7265 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
7266 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
7267 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
7268 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
7269 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
7270 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
7271 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
7272 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
7273 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
7274 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
7275 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
7276 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
7277
7278 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
7279 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
7280 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
7281 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
7282 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
7283 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
7284 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
7285 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
7286 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
7287 surprises.
7288
7289 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
7290 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
7291 to the various user database fields of the user that the
7292 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
7293 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
7294 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
7295 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
7296 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
7297 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
7298 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
7299 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
7300 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
7301 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
7302 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
7303 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
7304 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
7305 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
7306 of PID 1 is the root user).
7307
7308 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
7309 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
7310 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7311 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
7312 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7313 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
7314 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
7315 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
7316 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7317 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
7318 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
7319 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
7320 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7321 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
7322 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7323
7324 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
7325
7326 CHANGES WITH 227:
7327
7328 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
7329 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
7330 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
7331
7332 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
7333 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
7334 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
7335 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
7336 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
7337 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
7338
7339 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
7340 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
7341 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
7342 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
7343 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
7344
7345 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
7346 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
7347 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
7348 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
7349 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
7350 packets on unestablished sockets.
7351
7352 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
7353 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
7354 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
7355 automatically.
7356
7357 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
7358 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
7359 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
7360
7361 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
7362 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
7363 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
7364 for disk IO.
7365
7366 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
7367 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
7368 removed.
7369
7370 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
7371 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
7372 directory is set to the home directory of the user
7373 configured in User=.
7374
7375 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
7376 directory of the selected user by default.
7377
7378 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
7379 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
7380 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
7381 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
7382 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
7383 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
7384 compat reasons.
7385
7386 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
7387 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
7388 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
7389 units.
7390
7391 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
7392 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
7393 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
7394 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
7395 level.
7396
7397 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
7398 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
7399 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
7400 namespaces work correctly.
7401
7402 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
7403 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
7404 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
7405 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
7406 activation.
7407
7408 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
7409 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
7410 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
7411 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
7412 system instance in a container.
7413
7414 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
7415 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
7416 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
7417 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
7418 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
7419 connections.
7420
7421 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
7422 show the control groups within a certain container only.
7423
7424 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
7425 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
7426 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
7427 processes attached, or similar.
7428
7429 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
7430 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
7431 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
7432
7433 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
7434 specifiers like %i or %f.
7435
7436 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
7437 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
7438 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
7439 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
7440
7441 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
7442 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
7443 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
7444 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
7445 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
7446 descriptors using sd_notify().
7447
7448 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
7449
7450 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
7451 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
7452
7453 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
7454 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
7455
7456 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
7457 .network files.
7458
7459 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
7460 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
7461 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
7462 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
7463 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
7464 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
7465 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
7466 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
7467 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
7468 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
7469 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
7470 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
7471 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
7472 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
7473 gdm-autologin is used.
7474
7475 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
7476 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
7477 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
7478 next to the image file.
7479
7480 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
7481 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
7482 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
7483 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
7484
7485 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
7486 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
7487 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
7488 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
7489 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
7490 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
7491
7492 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
7493 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
7494 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
7495 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
7496 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
7497 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
7498 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
7499 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
7500 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
7501 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
7502 number of files in place.
7503
7504 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
7505 on kernels where that is supported.
7506
7507 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
7508
7509 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
7510 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
7511 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
7512 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7513 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
7514 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
7515 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
7516 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
7517 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
7518 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
7519 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7520 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
7521 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
7522 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
7523 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
7524 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7525 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
7526 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
7527
7528 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
7529
7530 CHANGES WITH 226:
7531
7532 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
7533 new features:
7534
7535 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
7536 information. It may be enabled and configured via
7537 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
7538 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
7539 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
7540 is any) is propagated.
7541
7542 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
7543 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
7544 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
7545 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
7546 information is enabled between host and containers by
7547 default now: the container will change its local timezone
7548 to what the host has set.
7549
7550 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
7551 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
7552
7553 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
7554 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
7555 information back, even if the server loses state.
7556
7557 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
7558 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
7559 PoolSize=.
7560
7561 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
7562 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
7563 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
7564 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
7565
7566 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
7567 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
7568 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
7569 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
7570 'dbus-daemon' systems.
7571
7572 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
7573 for virtio devices.
7574
7575 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
7576 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
7577 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
7578 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
7579 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
7580 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
7581 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
7582 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
7583 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
7584 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
7585 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
7586 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
7587 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
7588 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
7589 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
7590 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
7591 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
7592 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
7593 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
7594 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
7595 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
7596 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
7597 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
7598 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
7599 grants them.
7600
7601 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
7602 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
7603 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
7604 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
7605 group tree.
7606
7607 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
7608 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
7609 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
7610 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
7611 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
7612 work correctly in containers now.
7613
7614 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
7615 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
7616
7617 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
7618 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
7619 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
7620 function call is particularly useful when implementing
7621 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
7622
7623 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
7624 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
7625 signal events.
7626
7627 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
7628 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
7629 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
7630 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
7631
7632 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
7633 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
7634 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
7635 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
7636 nspawn command line.
7637
7638 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
7639 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
7640 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7641 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
7642 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
7643 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
7644 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7645 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
7646
7647 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
7648
7649 CHANGES WITH 225:
7650
7651 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
7652 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
7653 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
7654 shell directly without prompting for username or
7655 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
7656 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
7657 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
7658 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
7659 the originating session.
7660
7661 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
7662 options and allows other programs to query the values.
7663
7664 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
7665 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
7666 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
7667 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
7668 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
7669 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
7670 probably not stabilize on this release.
7671
7672 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
7673 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
7674 messages.
7675
7676 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
7677 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
7678 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
7679
7680 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
7681 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
7682
7683 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
7684 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
7685 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
7686 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
7687 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
7688 posteriori.
7689
7690 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
7691 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
7692
7693 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
7694 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
7695 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
7696 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
7697 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
7698 "lastlog" tools.
7699
7700 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
7701 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
7702 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
7703 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
7704 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
7705
7706 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
7707 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
7708 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
7709 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7710 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
7711 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
7712 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
7713 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
7714 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
7715 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
7716 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
7717 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7718
7719 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
7720
7721 CHANGES WITH 224:
7722
7723 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
7724 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
7725
7726 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
7727 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
7728 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
7729
7730 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
7731 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7732 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
7733
7734 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
7735
7736 CHANGES WITH 223:
7737
7738 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
7739 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
7740 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
7741 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7742
7743 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
7744 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
7745
7746 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
7747 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
7748
7749 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
7750
7751 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
7752 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
7753 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
7754
7755 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
7756 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
7757 decapsulated packet.
7758
7759 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
7760 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
7761 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
7762 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
7763 netlink attribute.
7764
7765 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
7766 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
7767 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
7768 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
7769
7770 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
7771 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
7772 according to RFC2460.
7773
7774 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
7775 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
7776
7777 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
7778 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
7779 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
7780
7781 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
7782 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
7783 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
7784 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
7785 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
7786 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
7787
7788 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
7789 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7790 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
7791 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
7792 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7793 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
7794 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
7795 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
7796 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
7797 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7798
7799 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
7800
7801 CHANGES WITH 222:
7802
7803 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
7804 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
7805 or should be used to work around such bugs.
7806
7807 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
7808 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
7809
7810 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
7811 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
7812 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
7813 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
7814 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
7815
7816 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
7817 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
7818 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
7819
7820 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
7821 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
7822 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
7823 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
7824 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
7825
7826 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
7827
7828 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
7829 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
7830 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
7831 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
7832 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
7833 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7834 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
7835 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
7836 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7837 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7838
7839 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
7840
7841 CHANGES WITH 221:
7842
7843 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
7844 stable and have been added to the official interface of
7845 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
7846 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
7847 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
7848 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
7849 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
7850 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
7851 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
7852 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
7853 portable to other kernels.
7854
7855 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
7856 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
7857 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
7858 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
7859 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
7860 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
7861 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
7862 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
7863 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
7864 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
7865 systemd enabled.
7866
7867 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
7868 2.26.
7869
7870 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
7871 favor of calling an abstraction tool
7872 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
7873 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
7874 in README for details.
7875
7876 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
7877 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
7878 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
7879 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
7880 unit.
7881
7882 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
7883 into man pages.
7884
7885 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
7886 external project.
7887
7888 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
7889 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
7890
7891 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
7892 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
7893 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
7894 state.
7895
7896 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
7897 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
7898 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
7899
7900 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
7901 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
7902 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
7903 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
7904 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
7905 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
7906 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
7907 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
7908 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
7909 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
7910 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
7911 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
7912 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
7913 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7914 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
7915 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7916
7917 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
7918
7919 CHANGES WITH 220:
7920
7921 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
7922 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
7923 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
7924 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
7925 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
7926 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
7927 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
7928 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
7929
7930 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
7931 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
7932 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
7933 service consumed). This value is only available if
7934 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
7935 in the "systemctl status" output.
7936
7937 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
7938 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
7939 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
7940 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
7941 previously was already the default behaviour).
7942
7943 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
7944 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
7945 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
7946
7947 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
7948 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
7949 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
7950 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
7951
7952 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
7953 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
7954 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
7955 journaling file systems that support external journal
7956 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
7957 systems to be mounted.
7958
7959 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
7960 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
7961 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
7962 stable release this should not be problematic.
7963
7964 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
7965 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
7966 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
7967 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
7968 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
7969
7970 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
7971 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
7972 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
7973 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
7974 network switches.
7975
7976 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
7977 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
7978
7979 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
7980 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
7981 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
7982
7983 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
7984
7985 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
7986 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
7987 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
7988 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
7989 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
7990 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
7991 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
7992 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
7993 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
7994 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
7995 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
7996 been fixed in v220.
7997
7998 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
7999 systemd-networkd.
8000
8001 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
8002 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
8003 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
8004 containers started from the command line.
8005
8006 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
8007 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
8008
8009 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
8010 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
8011 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
8012 indirection via a pseudo tty.
8013
8014 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
8015 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
8016 when shutting down.
8017
8018 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
8019 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
8020 overlayfs support.
8021
8022 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
8023 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
8024 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
8025 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
8026 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
8027 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
8028 images are imported via systemd-importd.
8029
8030 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
8031 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
8032 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
8033
8034 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
8035 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
8036 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
8037 of v1 as before).
8038
8039 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
8040 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
8041
8042 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
8043 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
8044 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
8045 without further privileges or authorization.
8046
8047 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
8048 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
8049 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
8050 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
8051 accessible via a bus interface.
8052
8053 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
8054 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
8055 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
8056 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
8057 to cover this functionality.
8058
8059 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
8060 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
8061 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
8062 disabled/masked also stopped.
8063
8064 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
8065 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
8066 updated to support systemd-boot.
8067
8068 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
8069 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
8070 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
8071 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
8072 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
8073 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
8074 like this and can extract OS release information from them
8075 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
8076 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
8077
8078 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
8079 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
8080 system.
8081
8082 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
8083 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
8084 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
8085 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
8086
8087 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
8088 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
8089 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
8090 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
8091
8092 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
8093 stick devices has been added.
8094
8095 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
8096 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
8097
8098 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
8099 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
8100 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
8101 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
8102 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
8103
8104 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
8105 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
8106 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
8107
8108 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
8109 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
8110 Debian.
8111
8112 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
8113 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
8114 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
8115
8116 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
8117 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
8118 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
8119 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
8120 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
8121 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
8122 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
8123 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
8124 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
8125 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
8126 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8127 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
8128 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
8129 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
8130 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
8131 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
8132 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
8133 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8134 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
8135 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
8136 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
8137 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
8138 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
8139 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
8140 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
8141 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
8142 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8143
8144 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
8145
8146 CHANGES WITH 219:
8147
8148 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
8149 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
8150 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
8151 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
8152 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
8153 interface with and update the database.
8154
8155 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
8156 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
8157 before bytewise copying is done.
8158
8159 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
8160 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
8161 directory, and immediately removed when the container
8162 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
8163 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
8164 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
8165 for starting a container off the root file system of the
8166 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
8167 available on btrfs file systems.
8168
8169 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
8170 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
8171 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
8172 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
8173 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
8174 systems.
8175
8176 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
8177 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
8178 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
8179 mount point remains.
8180
8181 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
8182 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
8183 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
8184 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
8185 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
8186 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
8187 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
8188 are disabled.
8189
8190 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
8191 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
8192 container to the host or vice versa.
8193
8194 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
8195 mount host directories into local containers. This is
8196 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
8197
8198 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
8199 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
8200
8201 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
8202 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
8203 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
8204 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
8205 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
8206 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
8207 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
8208 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
8209 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
8210 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
8211 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
8212 make the functionality of importd available to the
8213 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
8214 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
8215 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
8216 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
8217 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
8218 only fully supported on btrfs.
8219
8220 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
8221 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
8222 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
8223 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
8224 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
8225 information about images.
8226
8227 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
8228 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
8229 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
8230 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
8231 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
8232 legacy file systems).
8233
8234 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
8235 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
8236 shown in networkctl output.
8237
8238 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
8239 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
8240 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
8241 processes as system services while interactively
8242 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
8243 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
8244 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
8245 full login session, the difference being that the former
8246 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
8247 setup.
8248
8249 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
8250 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
8251 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
8252 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
8253 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
8254
8255 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
8256 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
8257 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
8258 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
8259 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
8260 via qemu/kvm.
8261
8262 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
8263 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
8264 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
8265 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
8266 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
8267 disk images, too.
8268
8269 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
8270 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
8271 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
8272 integrate with that.
8273
8274 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
8275 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
8276 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
8277 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
8278
8279 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
8280 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
8281 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
8282
8283 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
8284 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
8285 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
8286 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
8287 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
8288 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
8289 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
8290 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
8291 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
8292 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
8293
8294 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
8295 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
8296 files.
8297
8298 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
8299 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
8300 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
8301 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
8302 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
8303 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
8304 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
8305 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
8306 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
8307 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
8308 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
8309 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
8310 explicitly turned on.
8311
8312 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
8313 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
8314 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
8315 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
8316
8317 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
8318 supported.
8319
8320 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
8321 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
8322 user/session following the status output. Similar,
8323 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
8324 associated with a virtual machine or container
8325 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
8326 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
8327 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
8328 output however.)
8329
8330 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
8331 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
8332 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
8333 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
8334 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
8335 caller's session/user.
8336
8337 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
8338 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
8339 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
8340 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
8341 user services.
8342
8343 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
8344 same way as unit files.
8345
8346 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
8347 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
8348 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
8349 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
8350 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
8351 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
8352 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
8353 the host.
8354
8355 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
8356 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
8357 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
8358 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
8359 the host as if their services were running directly on the
8360 host.
8361
8362 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
8363 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
8364 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
8365 updated to make use of it too by default.
8366
8367 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
8368 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
8369 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
8370 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
8371
8372 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
8373 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
8374 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
8375 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
8376 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
8377 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
8378 modification.
8379
8380 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
8381 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
8382 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
8383 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
8384 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
8385 information about Touchpad types.
8386
8387 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
8388 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
8389
8390 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
8391 Policy link field.
8392
8393 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
8394 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
8395
8396 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
8397 ACLs on files.
8398
8399 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
8400 tmpfs, automatically.
8401
8402 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
8403 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
8404 status" output, if available.
8405
8406 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
8407 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
8408 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
8409 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
8410 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
8411 run on next reboot.
8412
8413 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
8414 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
8415 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
8416 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
8417 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
8418 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
8419 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
8420
8421 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
8422 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
8423 after a configurable timeout.
8424
8425 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
8426 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
8427 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
8428 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
8429 it non-idle.
8430
8431 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
8432 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
8433
8434 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
8435 each .network interface in networkd.
8436
8437 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
8438 in .network files.
8439
8440 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
8441 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
8442
8443 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
8444 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
8445 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
8446 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
8447 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
8448 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
8449 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
8450 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
8451 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
8452 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
8453 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
8454 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8455 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
8456 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
8457 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
8458 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
8459 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
8460 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
8461 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
8462 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8463 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
8464 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
8465 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
8466 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8467
8468 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
8469
8470 CHANGES WITH 218:
8471
8472 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
8473 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
8474 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
8475 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
8476
8477 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
8478 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
8479 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
8480 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
8481 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
8482
8483 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
8484
8485 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
8486 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
8487 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
8488 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
8489 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
8490 modified configuration after editing.
8491
8492 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
8493 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
8494 system preset files.
8495
8496 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
8497 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
8498 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
8499 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
8500 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
8501 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
8502 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
8503 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
8504 other contexts.
8505
8506 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
8507 inhibitors.
8508
8509 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
8510 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
8511 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
8512 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
8513 managers.
8514
8515 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
8516 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
8517 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
8518 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
8519 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
8520 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
8521 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
8522 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
8523 parallel to journald.
8524
8525 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
8526 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
8527 available.
8528
8529 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
8530 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
8531 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
8532 or are not older than the specified time.
8533
8534 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
8535 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
8536 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
8537 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
8538
8539 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
8540 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
8541 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
8542 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
8543 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
8544 communication.
8545
8546 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
8547 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
8548 services.
8549
8550 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
8551 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
8552 including their signature and values. This is particularly
8553 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
8554 the new "busctl tree" command.
8555
8556 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
8557 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
8558 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
8559 friendly way.
8560
8561 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
8562 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
8563 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
8564 race-ful way.
8565
8566 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
8567 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
8568 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
8569 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
8570 --link-journal=try-guest.
8571
8572 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
8573 stable MAC addresses.
8574
8575 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
8576 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
8577 the respective unit shall use.
8578
8579 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
8580 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
8581 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
8582 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
8583
8584 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
8585 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
8586 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
8587 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
8588 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
8589 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
8590
8591 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
8592 details see:
8593
8594 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
8595
8596 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
8597 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
8598 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
8599 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
8600 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
8601 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
8602 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
8603 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
8604 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
8605 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
8606 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
8607 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
8608
8609 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
8610 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
8611 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
8612 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
8613 bluetooth, …) is used.
8614
8615 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
8616 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
8617 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
8618 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
8619 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
8620 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
8621 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
8622 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
8623
8624 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
8625 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
8626 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
8627 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
8628 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
8629 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
8630 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
8631 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
8632 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
8633 interface.
8634
8635 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
8636 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
8637 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
8638 luks.name= argument.
8639
8640 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
8641 (this was previously already available for scope and service
8642 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
8643 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
8644 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
8645 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
8646
8647 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
8648 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
8649 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
8650
8651 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
8652 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
8653 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8654 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
8655 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
8656 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
8657 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
8658 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8659 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
8660 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
8661 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
8662 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
8663 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
8664 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
8665 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
8666 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8667 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
8668 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8669
8670 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
8671
8672 CHANGES WITH 217:
8673
8674 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
8675 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
8676 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
8677 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
8678
8679 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
8680 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
8681 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
8682 now waits until the operation is complete.
8683
8684 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
8685 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
8686 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
8687 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
8688 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
8689 connection.
8690
8691 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
8692 commands anymore.
8693
8694 * User units are now loaded also from
8695 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
8696 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
8697 supported, but is under the control of the user.
8698
8699 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
8700 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
8701 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
8702 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
8703 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
8704 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
8705 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
8706 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
8707 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
8708 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
8709 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
8710 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
8711 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
8712 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
8713 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
8714 question.
8715
8716 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
8717 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
8718 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
8719
8720 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
8721 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
8722 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
8723 command line to trigger resume.
8724
8725 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
8726 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
8727 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
8728 Desktop=systemd-console.
8729
8730 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
8731 systemd-networkd.
8732
8733 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
8734 from the information provided by the networking stack
8735 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
8736
8737 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
8738 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
8739
8740 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
8741 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
8742 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
8743
8744 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
8745
8746 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
8747 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
8748 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
8749 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
8750 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
8751 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
8752
8753 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
8754 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
8755 respected.
8756
8757 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
8758 virtualization.
8759
8760 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
8761 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
8762 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
8763 on.
8764
8765 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
8766
8767 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
8768
8769 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
8770 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
8771 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
8772 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
8773 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
8774 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
8775 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
8776
8777 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
8778 available for service units, that allows locking all service
8779 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
8780 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
8781 from the service's view entirely.
8782
8783 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
8784 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
8785
8786 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
8787 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
8788 session.
8789
8790 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
8791 legacy-free systems.
8792
8793 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
8794 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
8795 easily.
8796
8797 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
8798 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
8799 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
8800 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
8801 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
8802 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
8803 option.
8804
8805 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
8806 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
8807 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
8808 /usr.
8809
8810 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
8811 services, not only the main process.
8812
8813 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
8814 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
8815 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
8816 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
8817 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
8818
8819 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
8820 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
8821 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
8822 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
8823 directly from now on, again.
8824
8825 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
8826 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
8827 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
8828 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
8829 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
8830 enabling and disabling.
8831
8832 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
8833 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
8834 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
8835 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
8836 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
8837 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
8838 unnecessary or unlikely.
8839
8840 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
8841 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
8842 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
8843 "annually", "hourly", …).
8844
8845 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
8846 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
8847 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
8848 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
8849 overwritten at runtime.
8850
8851 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
8852 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
8853 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
8854 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
8855 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
8856 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
8857 segmentation fault.
8858
8859 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
8860 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
8861 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8862 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
8863 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
8864 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
8865 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
8866 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
8867 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
8868 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8869 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
8870 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8871 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
8872 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
8873 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
8874 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
8875 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
8876 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
8877 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8878 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
8879 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
8880 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8881
8882 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
8883
8884 CHANGES WITH 216:
8885
8886 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
8887 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
8888 implementations should add a
8889
8890 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
8891
8892 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
8893 default functionality.
8894
8895 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
8896 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
8897 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
8898 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
8899 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
8900 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
8901 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
8902 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
8903 files might need to be owned by them. A new
8904 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
8905 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
8906 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
8907 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
8908
8909 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
8910 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
8911 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
8912 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
8913 added eventually, too.
8914
8915 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
8916 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
8917 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
8918 new command to update these fields.
8919
8920 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
8921 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
8922 have been discovered via DHCP.
8923
8924 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
8925 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
8926 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
8927 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
8928 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
8929 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
8930 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
8931 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
8932 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
8933 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
8934 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
8935 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
8936 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
8937 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
8938 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
8939 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
8940 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
8941 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
8942 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
8943 implementation to systemd-resolved.
8944
8945 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
8946 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
8947 containers to their respective IP addresses.
8948
8949 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
8950 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
8951 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
8952 and present it to the user in a very friendly
8953 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
8954 control utility for networkd.
8955
8956 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
8957 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
8958 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
8959 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
8960 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
8961 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
8962 (NoDelay=).
8963
8964 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
8965 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
8966
8967 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
8968 be started only after time-sync.target has been
8969 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
8970 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
8971 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
8972 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
8973
8974 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
8975 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
8976 of the link.
8977
8978 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
8979 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
8980
8981 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
8982 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
8983
8984 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
8985 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
8986 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
8987 for DHCP.
8988
8989 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
8990 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
8991 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
8992 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
8993 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
8994 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
8995 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
8996 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
8997
8998 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
8999 validation of unit files.
9000
9001 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
9002 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
9003 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
9004 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
9005 address may now be configured.
9006
9007 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
9008 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
9009 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
9010 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
9011
9012 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
9013 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
9014
9015 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
9016 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
9017 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
9018 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
9019
9020 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
9021 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
9022 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
9023 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
9024 implementation.
9025
9026 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
9027 journal data to a remote system running
9028 systemd-journal-remote.
9029
9030 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
9031 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
9032 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
9033 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
9034 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
9035 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
9036 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
9037 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
9038 version, you have to turn this option on again
9039 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
9040
9041 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
9042 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
9043 better than XZ which was the previous default.
9044
9045 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
9046 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
9047
9048 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
9049 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
9050
9051 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
9052 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
9053 "systemctl status" output for a service.
9054
9055 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
9056 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
9057 hostname, root password) interactively on first
9058 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
9059 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
9060
9061 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
9062
9063 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
9064
9065 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
9066 when primary addresses are removed.
9067
9068 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
9069 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
9070 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
9071 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
9072 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
9073 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
9074 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9075 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9076 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
9077 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
9078 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
9079 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
9080 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
9081 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
9082 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9083
9084 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
9085
9086 CHANGES WITH 215:
9087
9088 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
9089 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
9090 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
9091 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
9092 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
9093 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
9094 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
9095 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
9096 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
9097 require.
9098
9099 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
9100 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
9101
9102 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
9103 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
9104 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
9105 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
9106 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
9107 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
9108 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
9109
9110 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
9111 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
9112 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
9113 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
9114 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
9115 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
9116 update or reset should use this condition and order
9117 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
9118 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
9119 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
9120 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
9121 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
9122 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
9123 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
9124 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
9125 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
9126
9127 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
9128
9129 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
9130 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
9131 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
9132 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
9133
9134 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
9135 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
9136 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
9137 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
9138 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
9139 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
9140 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
9141 .network files using settings of this section should be
9142 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
9143 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
9144
9145 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
9146 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
9147
9148 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
9149 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
9150 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
9151 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
9152 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
9153 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
9154 of nspawn instances.
9155
9156 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
9157 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
9158 added.
9159
9160 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
9161 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
9162 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
9163 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
9164 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
9165 configuration stored in /etc.
9166
9167 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
9168 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
9169 parsing of unknown mount options.
9170
9171 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
9172 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
9173 it already exist and not already be the correct
9174 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
9175 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
9176 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
9177 pre-existing files of different types.
9178
9179 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
9180 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
9181 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
9182 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
9183 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
9184 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
9185 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
9186
9187 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
9188 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
9189 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
9190 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
9191 shall be executed.
9192
9193 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
9194 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
9195 example whether it is fully up and running.
9196
9197 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
9198 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
9199 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
9200 reset.
9201
9202 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
9203 most basic services systemd ships by default.
9204
9205 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
9206 field for defining the default instance to create if a
9207 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
9208
9209 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
9210 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
9211 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
9212
9213 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
9214 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
9215 access to this group.
9216
9217 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
9218 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
9219 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
9220 to the journal.
9221
9222 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
9223 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
9224 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
9225 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
9226 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
9227 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
9228
9229 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
9230 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
9231 that makes sure to only show information about the most
9232 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
9233 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
9234 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
9235 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
9236 the old name to the new name.
9237
9238 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
9239 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
9240 coredumpctl without restrictions.
9241
9242 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
9243 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
9244 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
9245 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
9246 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
9247 "systemd-debug-generator".
9248
9249 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
9250 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
9251 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
9252 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
9253 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
9254 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
9255 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
9256 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
9257 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
9258 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
9259 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
9260
9261 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
9262 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
9263 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
9264 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
9265 been added to query many of these paths for the local
9266 machine and user.
9267
9268 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
9269 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
9270 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
9271 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
9272 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
9273
9274 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
9275 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
9276 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
9277 couple of drop-in directories.
9278
9279 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
9280 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
9281 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
9282 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
9283 for dev_port.
9284
9285 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
9286 container (read from /etc/os-release and
9287 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
9288 "machinectl status" for a machine.
9289
9290 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
9291 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
9292 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
9293 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
9294 Restart= setting.
9295
9296 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
9297 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
9298 directly connect to a specific container on the
9299 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
9300 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
9301 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
9302 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
9303 containers is a privileged operation.
9304
9305 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
9306 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
9307 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
9308 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
9309 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9310 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
9311 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
9312 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
9313 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
9314 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
9315 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
9316 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9317
9318 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
9319
9320 CHANGES WITH 214:
9321
9322 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
9323 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
9324 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
9325 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
9326 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
9327 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
9328 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
9329 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
9330 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
9331 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
9332 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
9333 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
9334 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
9335 devices are excluded from this logic.
9336
9337 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
9338 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
9339 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
9340 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
9341 change has been released.
9342
9343 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
9344 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
9345 libattr is thus unnecessary.
9346
9347 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
9348 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
9349 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
9350 with fewer privileges.
9351
9352 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
9353 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
9354 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
9355 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
9356
9357 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
9358 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
9359
9360 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
9361 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
9362
9363 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
9364 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
9365 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
9366
9367 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
9368 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
9369 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
9370 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
9371 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
9372 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
9373
9374 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
9375 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
9376 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
9377
9378 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
9379 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
9380 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
9381 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
9382 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
9383 modifications of user data or system files from
9384 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
9385 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
9386
9387 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
9388 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
9389 and FIFOs in the file system.
9390
9391 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
9392 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
9393 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
9394
9395 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
9396 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
9397 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
9398 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
9399 the socket itself.
9400
9401 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
9402 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
9403 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
9404 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
9405 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
9406 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
9407 symlinks, and nothing else.
9408
9409 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
9410 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
9411 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
9412 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
9413 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
9414 process (for example, the parent process). The
9415 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
9416 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
9417 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
9418 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
9419 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
9420 messages to services when the originating process already
9421 vanished.
9422
9423 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
9424 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
9425 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
9426 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
9427 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
9428 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
9429 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
9430 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
9431 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
9432 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
9433 all long-running services.
9434
9435 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
9436 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
9437 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
9438 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
9439 service.
9440
9441 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
9442 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
9443 applied to all submounts, too.
9444
9445 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
9446
9447 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
9448 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
9449 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
9450 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
9451 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
9452 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
9453 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
9454
9455 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
9456 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
9457 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
9458 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
9459 (domU) domains.
9460
9461 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
9462 files or entire directories.
9463
9464 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
9465 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
9466 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
9467 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
9468 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
9469
9470 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
9471 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
9472 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
9473 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
9474 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
9475 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
9476 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
9477 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
9478 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
9479 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
9480 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
9481 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
9482
9483 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
9484 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
9485 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
9486 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
9487
9488 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
9489 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
9490 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
9491 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
9492 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
9493 non-directories.
9494
9495 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
9496 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
9497 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
9498
9499 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
9500 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
9501 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
9502 this group.
9503
9504 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
9505 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
9506 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
9507 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
9508 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9509 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
9510 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9511
9512 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
9513
9514 CHANGES WITH 213:
9515
9516 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
9517 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
9518 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
9519 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
9520 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
9521 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
9522 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
9523 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
9524 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
9525 client should be more than appropriate for most
9526 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
9527 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
9528 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
9529 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
9530 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
9531 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
9532 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
9533 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
9534 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
9535 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
9536 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
9537
9538 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
9539 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
9540 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
9541 part of a different namespace.
9542
9543 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
9544 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
9545 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
9546 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
9547
9548 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
9549 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
9550 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
9551
9552 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
9553 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
9554 when a service fails. This works similarly to
9555 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
9556 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
9557 restart the service in question.
9558
9559 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
9560 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
9561 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
9562 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
9563 details when running non-locally.
9564
9565 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
9566 graphs it generates.
9567
9568 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
9569 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
9570 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
9571 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
9572 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
9573
9574 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
9575
9576 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
9577 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
9578 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
9579 what it was on SysV systems.
9580
9581 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
9582 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
9583
9584 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
9585 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
9586 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
9587
9588 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
9589 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
9590 to show these addresses in its output.
9591
9592 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
9593 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
9594 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
9595 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
9596 preferred over a text one.
9597
9598 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
9599 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
9600 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
9601 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
9602 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
9603 mDNS cache.
9604
9605 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
9606 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
9607 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
9608 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
9609 of network configuration performed in some other way.
9610
9611 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
9612 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
9613 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
9614 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
9615 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
9616
9617 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
9618 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
9619 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
9620 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
9621 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
9622 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
9623 overrides any other settings.
9624
9625 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
9626 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
9627 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
9628 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
9629 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
9630 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
9631 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
9632 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
9633 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9634 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9635 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
9636 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
9637 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
9638 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
9639 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
9640 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
9641 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9642
9643 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
9644
9645 CHANGES WITH 212:
9646
9647 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
9648 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
9649 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
9650 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
9651 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
9652 by accident.
9653
9654 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
9655 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
9656 registered with machined.
9657
9658 * sd-login gained new calls
9659 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
9660 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
9661 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
9662 counterparts.
9663
9664 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
9665 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
9666 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
9667 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
9668 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
9669 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
9670 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
9671 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
9672 once.
9673
9674 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
9675 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
9676 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
9677
9678 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
9679 units on all local containers, when used with the
9680 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
9681 executed when no parameters are specified).
9682
9683 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
9684 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
9685 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
9686 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
9687
9688 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
9689 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
9690 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
9691 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
9692 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
9693 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
9694
9695 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
9696 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
9697 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
9698 of the container.
9699
9700 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
9701 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
9702 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
9703 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
9704 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
9705 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
9706 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
9707 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
9708
9709 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
9710 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
9711 instead of /.
9712
9713 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
9714 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
9715 emergency messages now.
9716
9717 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
9718 journal log messages across the network.
9719
9720 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
9721 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
9722 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
9723 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
9724 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
9725 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
9726 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
9727
9728 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
9729 down a local OS container.
9730
9731 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
9732 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
9733 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
9734
9735 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
9736 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
9737 this is appropriate.
9738
9739 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
9740 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
9741 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
9742
9743 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
9744 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
9745 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
9746 for debugging purposes.
9747
9748 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
9749 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
9750 in seconds.
9751
9752 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
9753 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
9754 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
9755 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
9756 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
9757 like on traditional inetd.
9758
9759 * A new system.conf configuration option
9760 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
9761 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
9762
9763 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
9764 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
9765 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
9766 do these days).
9767
9768 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
9769 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
9770 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
9771 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
9772 could not take place because the system was powered off.
9773 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
9774
9775 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
9776 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
9777 it will be triggered.
9778
9779 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
9780 addresses to its local interfaces.
9781
9782 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
9783 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
9784 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
9785 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
9786 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
9787 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
9788 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
9789 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
9790 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9791
9792 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
9793
9794 CHANGES WITH 211:
9795
9796 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
9797 added to restrict which socket address families unit
9798 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
9799 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
9800 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
9801 is built on seccomp system call filters.
9802
9803 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
9804 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
9805 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
9806 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
9807 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
9808 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
9809 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
9810 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
9811 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
9812
9813 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
9814 matching against device group names.
9815
9816 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
9817 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
9818 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
9819 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
9820 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
9821 though.
9822
9823 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
9824 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
9825 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
9826 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
9827 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9828 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
9829 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
9830 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
9831 systems prepared appropriately.
9832
9833 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
9834 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
9835 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
9836 (see above). This means that installations made with
9837 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
9838 deployed using container managers, completely
9839 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
9840 this feature soon, too.)
9841
9842 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
9843 set up a private macvlan interface for the
9844 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
9845 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
9846
9847 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
9848 using IPv4LL.
9849
9850 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
9851 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
9852 systemd-networkd.
9853
9854 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
9855 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
9856 still not a public API though (unless you specify
9857 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
9858 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
9859
9860 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
9861 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
9862 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
9863 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
9864 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
9865 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
9866 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
9867 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
9868 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
9869 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
9870 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
9871 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
9872 users.
9873
9874 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
9875 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
9876 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
9877 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
9878 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
9879 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
9880 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
9881 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
9882 due to a closed lid.
9883
9884 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
9885 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
9886 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
9887 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
9888 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
9889 order to then act as suspend blocker.
9890
9891 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
9892 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
9893 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
9894 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
9895 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
9896
9897 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
9898 now also work in --scope mode.
9899
9900 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
9901 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
9902 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
9903 promises are made.)
9904
9905 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
9906 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
9907 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
9908 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9909 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
9910 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
9911 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
9912 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
9913 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
9914 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9915
9916 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
9917
9918 CHANGES WITH 210:
9919
9920 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
9921 according to SMACK rules.
9922
9923 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
9924 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
9925
9926 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
9927 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
9928 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
9929
9930 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
9931 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
9932 and machine ID.
9933
9934 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
9935 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
9936 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
9937 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
9938 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
9939 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
9940 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
9941 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
9942 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
9943 backpack or similar.
9944
9945 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
9946 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
9947 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
9948 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
9949 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
9950 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
9951 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
9952 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
9953 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
9954 this on its own.
9955
9956 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
9957 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
9958 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
9959 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
9960
9961 * We will now ship a default .network file for
9962 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
9963 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
9964 --network-bridge= switches.
9965
9966 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
9967 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
9968 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
9969 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
9970 metrics, according to what is customary according to
9971 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
9972 each configuration option.
9973
9974 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
9975 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
9976 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
9977 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
9978 at once.
9979
9980 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
9981 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
9982 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
9983 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
9984 triggered by other work being done in the program.
9985
9986 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
9987 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
9988 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
9989 default however.
9990
9991 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
9992 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
9993 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
9994 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
9995 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
9996 them with systemd-networkd.
9997
9998 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
9999 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
10000 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
10001 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
10002 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
10003 is drastically increased, but given that these are
10004 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
10005 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
10006 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
10007 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
10008 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
10009 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
10010 during a transitional period!
10011
10012 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
10013 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
10014
10015 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
10016 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
10017 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
10018 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
10019 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
10020 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
10021 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
10022 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10023
10024 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
10025
10026 CHANGES WITH 209:
10027
10028 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
10029 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
10030 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
10031 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
10032 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
10033 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
10034 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
10035 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
10036 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
10037 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
10038 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
10039 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
10040
10041 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
10042 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
10043 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
10044 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
10045 machines and the like.
10046
10047 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
10048 shutdown/boot.
10049
10050 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
10051 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
10052
10053 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
10054 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
10055 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
10056 prepared for additional security frameworks.
10057
10058 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
10059 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
10060 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
10061 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
10062 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
10063 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
10064
10065 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
10066 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
10067 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
10068 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
10069 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
10070 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
10071 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
10072 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
10073 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
10074
10075 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
10076 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
10077
10078 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
10079 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
10080 implementation.
10081
10082 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
10083 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
10084 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
10085 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
10086 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
10087 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
10088 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
10089 and .service units.
10090
10091 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
10092 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
10093 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
10094
10095 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
10096 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
10097 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
10098 nothing makes use of it.
10099
10100 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
10101 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
10102 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
10103
10104 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
10105 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
10106 compatibility purposes.
10107
10108 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
10109 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
10110 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
10111 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
10112 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
10113 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
10114 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
10115 process handling.
10116
10117 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
10118 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
10119 style to "sd-bus.h".
10120
10121 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
10122 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
10123 "systemd-networkd".
10124
10125 * There is a new kernel command line option
10126 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
10127 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
10128 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
10129 are not restored.
10130
10131 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
10132 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
10133 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
10134 PID1's support for that anymore.
10135
10136 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
10137 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
10138
10139 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
10140 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
10141 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
10142 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
10143 container that is registered with machined, such as those
10144 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
10145
10146 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
10147 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
10148 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
10149 onto remote systems.
10150
10151 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
10152 login in any local container. This works with any container
10153 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
10154 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
10155
10156 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
10157 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
10158 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
10159 system of some kind.
10160
10161 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
10162 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
10163 next.
10164
10165 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
10166 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
10167 reboot() system call.
10168
10169 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
10170 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
10171 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
10172 still available but not advertised anymore.
10173
10174 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
10175 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
10176 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
10177 within each Unit.
10178
10179 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
10180 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
10181 the kernel).
10182
10183 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
10184 timestamps (following the setting in
10185 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
10186
10187 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
10188 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
10189
10190 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
10191 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
10192
10193 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
10194 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
10195 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
10196
10197 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
10198 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
10199 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
10200 the full configuration is shown.
10201
10202 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
10203 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
10204 those commands which take multiple unit names.
10205
10206 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
10207
10208 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
10209 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
10210
10211 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
10212 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
10213 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
10214 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
10215
10216 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
10217 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
10218 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
10219 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
10220
10221 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
10222 of the legend text.
10223
10224 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
10225 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
10226 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
10227 remote sessions.
10228
10229 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
10230 information of SDIO devices.
10231
10232 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
10233 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
10234 the system manager.
10235
10236 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
10237 short description of the connection parameters in the
10238 description.
10239
10240 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
10241 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
10242 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
10243 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
10244 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
10245 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
10246 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
10247
10248 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
10249 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
10250 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
10251 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
10252 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
10253 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
10254 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
10255 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
10256 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
10257
10258 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
10259 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
10260 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
10261 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
10262 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
10263 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
10264 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
10265 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
10266 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
10267 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
10268 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
10269 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
10270 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
10271 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
10272 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
10273 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
10274 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
10275 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
10276 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
10277 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
10278 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
10279 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
10280 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
10281
10282 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
10283 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
10284 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
10285 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
10286 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
10287 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
10288 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
10289 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
10290 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
10291 that you are aware of the instability of the current
10292 APIs.
10293
10294 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
10295 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
10296 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
10297 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
10298 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
10299 declare the APIs stable.
10300
10301 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
10302 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
10303 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
10304 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
10305 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
10306 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
10307 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
10308 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
10309 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
10310 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
10311 one of them is updated.
10312
10313 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
10314 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
10315 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
10316 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
10317 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
10318
10319 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
10320 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
10321 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
10322 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
10323 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
10324 entry points.
10325
10326 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
10327 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
10328 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
10329 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
10330 been disabled at compile-time.
10331
10332 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
10333 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
10334 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
10335 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
10336
10337 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
10338 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
10339 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
10340
10341 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
10342 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
10343 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
10344
10345 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
10346 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
10347 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
10348
10349 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
10350 remains until jobs expire.
10351
10352 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
10353 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
10354 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
10355 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
10356 all remaining processes of the service.
10357
10358 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
10359 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
10360 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
10361 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
10362 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
10363 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
10364 manager process which created them takes no further
10365 responsibilities for it.
10366
10367 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
10368 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
10369 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
10370 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
10371 marked executable or world-writable.
10372
10373 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
10374 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
10375 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
10376 "--setenv=" for consistency.
10377
10378 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
10379 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
10380 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
10381 independent of the host.
10382
10383 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
10384 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
10385 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
10386 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
10387
10388 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
10389 with specific SELinux labels set.
10390
10391 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
10392 any additional output but the container's own console
10393 output.
10394
10395 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
10396 container without PID namespacing enabled.
10397
10398 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
10399 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
10400 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
10401 OS images, but only specific apps.
10402
10403 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
10404 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
10405 results in registration of the unit service itself in
10406 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
10407
10408 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
10409 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
10410 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
10411 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
10412 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
10413 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
10414
10415 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
10416 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
10417 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
10418 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
10419 units to use.
10420
10421 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
10422 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
10423 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
10424 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
10425
10426 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
10427 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
10428 context for a service.
10429
10430 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
10431 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
10432 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
10433 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
10434 influence this logic.
10435
10436 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
10437 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
10438 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
10439 other things.
10440
10441 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
10442 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
10443 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
10444 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
10445 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
10446 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
10447 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
10448 architectures). There is also a global
10449 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
10450 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
10451
10452 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
10453 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
10454
10455 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
10456 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
10457 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10458 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
10459 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
10460 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
10461 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
10462 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
10463 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
10464 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
10465 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
10466 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10467 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10468 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
10469 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
10470 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
10471 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
10472 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
10473 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
10474 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
10475 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10476 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
10477 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
10478 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10479
10480 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
10481
10482 CHANGES WITH 208:
10483
10484 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
10485 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
10486 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
10487 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
10488 access input and drm devices which are normally
10489 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
10490 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
10491 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
10492 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
10493 session switching without allowing background sessions to
10494 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
10495 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
10496 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
10497
10498 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
10499 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
10500 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
10501
10502 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
10503 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
10504 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
10505 kernel version number.
10506
10507 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
10508 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
10509 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
10510
10511 * This release removes high-level support for the
10512 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
10513 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
10514 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
10515 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
10516
10517 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
10518 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
10519 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
10520 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
10521 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
10522 cgroup system.
10523
10524 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
10525 messages containing the slice a message was generated
10526 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
10527 logs among other things.
10528
10529 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
10530 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
10531 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
10532 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
10533 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
10534 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
10535 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
10536 journald which would be necessary to resolve
10537 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
10538 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
10539 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
10540 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
10541 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
10542 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
10543 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
10544 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
10545 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
10546 not delayed until next reboot.
10547
10548 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
10549 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
10550 systemd generated files in one directory.
10551
10552 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
10553 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
10554 performance information if that's available to determine how
10555 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
10556 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
10557 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
10558
10559 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
10560 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
10561 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
10562 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10563 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
10564 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
10565 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10566
10567 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
10568
10569 CHANGES WITH 207:
10570
10571 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
10572 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
10573 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
10574 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
10575
10576 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
10577 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
10578 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
10579 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
10580 specified on the kernel command line less important.
10581
10582 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
10583 retrieve the VT number of a session.
10584
10585 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
10586 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
10587 maximum number of tries.
10588
10589 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
10590 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
10591 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
10592
10593 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
10594 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
10595
10596 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
10597 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
10598 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
10599
10600 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
10601 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
10602 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
10603
10604 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
10605 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
10606 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
10607 and type).
10608
10609 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
10610 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
10611
10612 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
10613 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
10614 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
10615 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
10616
10617 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
10618 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
10619 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
10620 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
10621 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
10622 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
10623 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
10624 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
10625
10626 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
10627 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
10628 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
10629 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
10630
10631 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
10632 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
10633 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
10634 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
10635 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
10636 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
10637 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
10638
10639 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
10640 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
10641
10642 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
10643 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
10644 automatically after the process terminated.
10645
10646 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
10647 certain paths from operation.
10648
10649 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
10650 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
10651 is received.
10652
10653 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
10654 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
10655 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
10656 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
10657 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
10658 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
10659 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10660 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
10661 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
10662 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
10663 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
10664 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
10665 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10666
10667 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
10668
10669 CHANGES WITH 206:
10670
10671 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
10672 concepts introduced with 205.
10673
10674 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
10675 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
10676 -r".
10677
10678 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
10679 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
10680 --state= parameter.
10681
10682 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
10683 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
10684 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
10685 the journal.
10686
10687 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
10688 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
10689 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
10690
10691 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
10692 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
10693 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
10694 browsing logs from that point on.
10695
10696 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
10697 of an FSS key.
10698
10699 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
10700 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
10701 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
10702 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
10703 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
10704 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
10705 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
10706 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
10707 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
10708 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
10709 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
10710 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
10711 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
10712 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
10713
10714 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
10715 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
10716 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
10717 backing module right-away.
10718
10719 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
10720 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
10721
10722 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
10723 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
10724
10725 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
10726 set of processes in the message metadata.
10727
10728 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
10729
10730 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
10731 support for passing performance data via environment
10732 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
10733 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
10734 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
10735 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
10736 deserialize it again.
10737
10738 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
10739 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
10740 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
10741 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
10742
10743 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
10744 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
10745 completely silent shutdown when used.
10746
10747 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
10748 option in .socket units.
10749
10750 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
10751 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
10752 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
10753 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
10754 system.slice as before.
10755
10756 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
10757
10758 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
10759 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
10760 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10761 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
10762 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
10763 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
10764 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10765
10766 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
10767
10768 CHANGES WITH 205:
10769
10770 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
10771
10772 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
10773 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
10774 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
10775 possible for system services and applications to group their
10776 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
10777 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
10778 together, or apply resource limits on them.
10779
10780 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
10781 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
10782 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
10783 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
10784 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
10785
10786 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
10787 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
10788 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
10789 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
10790
10791 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
10792 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
10793 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
10794 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
10795 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
10796 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
10797 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
10798 and useful as a general batch manager.
10799
10800 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
10801 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
10802 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
10803 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
10804 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
10805 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
10806 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
10807 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
10808 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
10809 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
10810
10811 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
10812 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
10813 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
10814 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
10815 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
10816 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
10817 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
10818 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
10819 is compile-time optional.
10820
10821 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
10822 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
10823 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
10824 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
10825 well as slice units.
10826
10827 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
10828 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
10829 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
10830 but will be extended later on to make more properties
10831 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
10832 command that wraps this call.
10833
10834 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
10835 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
10836 while configuring a number of settings via the command
10837 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
10838 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
10839 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
10840 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
10841
10842 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
10843 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
10844 off audit.
10845
10846 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
10847 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
10848
10849 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
10850 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
10851 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
10852 and system logs.
10853
10854 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
10855 snippets extending unit files.
10856
10857 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
10858 not available as public API.
10859
10860 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
10861 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
10862 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
10863
10864 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
10865 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
10866 controls what to boot into by default.
10867
10868 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
10869 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
10870
10871 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
10872 generators needed for execution, as well as information
10873 about the unit file loading.
10874
10875 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
10876 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
10877 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
10878 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
10879 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
10880 racy due to journal file rotation.
10881
10882 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
10883 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
10884 all services.
10885
10886 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
10887 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
10888 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
10889 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
10890 system services want to log events about specific client
10891 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
10892 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
10893 unit is requested.
10894
10895 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
10896 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
10897 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
10898 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
10899 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
10900 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10901 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
10902 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
10903 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
10904 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
10905 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10906 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
10907 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
10908
10909 CHANGES WITH 204:
10910
10911 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
10912 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
10913
10914 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
10915 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
10916 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
10917
10918 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
10919 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10920
10921 CHANGES WITH 203:
10922
10923 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
10924 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
10925
10926 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
10927 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
10928 fields, including the root directory.
10929
10930 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
10931 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
10932 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
10933 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
10934 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
10935 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
10936 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
10937 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
10938 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
10939 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
10940 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
10941
10942 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
10943 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
10944
10945 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
10946 have taken an inhibitor lock.
10947
10948 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
10949 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
10950 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
10951 the local hostname.
10952
10953 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
10954 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
10955 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
10956 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
10957 VMs/containers coming and going.
10958
10959 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
10960 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
10961 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
10962
10963 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
10964 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
10965 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
10966 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
10967
10968 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
10969 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
10970 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
10971
10972 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
10973 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
10974 services. With the container's root directory in
10975 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
10976 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
10977
10978 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
10979 the processes within a certain container.
10980
10981 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
10982 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
10983 check though. Patches welcome!
10984
10985 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
10986 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
10987 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
10988 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
10989 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
10990
10991 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
10992 the passed argument if applicable.
10993
10994 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
10995 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10996 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
10997 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
10998 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
10999 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
11000 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11001 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11002
11003 CHANGES WITH 202:
11004
11005 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
11006 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
11007 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
11008 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
11009 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
11010 units activate.
11011
11012 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
11013 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
11014 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
11015 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
11016 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
11017 for now, and not installable.
11018
11019 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
11020 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
11021 can run in conjunction with udev.
11022
11023 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
11024 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
11025 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
11026 session manager.
11027
11028 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
11029 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
11030 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
11031 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
11032 services, user processes and containers/virtual
11033 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
11034 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
11035 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
11036 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
11037 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
11038 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
11039
11040 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
11041
11042 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
11043 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
11044 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
11045 logical expressions.
11046
11047 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
11048 switches.
11049
11050 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
11051 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
11052 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
11053 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
11054 the user.
11055
11056 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
11057 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
11058 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
11059 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
11060 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
11061 an entry.
11062
11063 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
11064 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11065 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
11066 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11067 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
11068 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11069
11070 CHANGES WITH 201:
11071
11072 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
11073 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
11074 directory.
11075
11076 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
11077 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
11078 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
11079 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
11080 problem.
11081
11082 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
11083 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
11084 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
11085 before the key file is attempted to be read.
11086
11087 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
11088 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
11089
11090 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
11091 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
11092 files in this context are files such as
11093 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
11094
11095 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
11096 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
11097 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
11098 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
11099 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
11100 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
11101
11102 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
11103 hostnames.
11104
11105 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
11106 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
11107 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
11108 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
11109 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
11110 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
11111 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
11112 all time-related output of systemd.
11113
11114 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
11115 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
11116 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
11117 loops.
11118
11119 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
11120 (models, layouts, variants, options).
11121
11122 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
11123 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
11124 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
11125 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
11126 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
11127
11128 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
11129 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
11130 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
11131 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
11132 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
11133 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
11134 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
11135
11136 CHANGES WITH 200:
11137
11138 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
11139 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
11140 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
11141 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
11142 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
11143 middle ground between physical and access time order.
11144
11145 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
11146 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
11147 images.
11148
11149 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
11150 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
11151 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11152
11153 CHANGES WITH 199:
11154
11155 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
11156
11157 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
11158 security policy.
11159
11160 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
11161 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
11162 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
11163 shared by all processes of a service (which means
11164 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
11165 the same service can still access). When a service is
11166 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
11167 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
11168 this though).
11169
11170 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
11171 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
11172 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
11173 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
11174 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
11175 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
11176
11177 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
11178 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
11179
11180 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
11181 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
11182
11183 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
11184
11185 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
11186 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
11187 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
11188 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
11189 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
11190
11191 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
11192 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
11193 system is to be mounted.
11194
11195 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
11196 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
11197 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
11198 purpose for socket units.
11199
11200 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
11201 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
11202
11203 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
11204 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
11205 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
11206 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
11207 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
11208
11209 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
11210 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
11211 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
11212 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11213 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
11214 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
11215 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11216 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
11217 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11218
11219 CHANGES WITH 198:
11220
11221 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
11222 files without having to edit/override the unit files
11223 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
11224 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
11225 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
11226 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
11227 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
11228 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
11229 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
11230 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
11231 unit files locally: copying the files from
11232 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
11233 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
11234 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
11235 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
11236 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
11237 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
11238 for them too.
11239
11240 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
11241 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
11242 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
11243 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
11244 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
11245 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
11246 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
11247 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
11248 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
11249
11250 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
11251 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
11252
11253 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
11254 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
11255 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
11256 other users.
11257
11258 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
11259 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
11260 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
11261 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
11262 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
11263 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
11264 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
11265 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
11266 management logic is also available to other programs via the
11267 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
11268 supported.
11269
11270 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
11271 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
11272 the foreground VT.
11273
11274 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
11275 call.
11276
11277 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
11278 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
11279 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
11280 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
11281 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
11282 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
11283 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
11284 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
11285 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
11286 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
11287 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
11288 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
11289 also been removed.
11290
11291 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
11292 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
11293 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
11294 objects themselves.
11295
11296 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
11297
11298 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
11299 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
11300 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
11301 to how this is supported in shells.
11302
11303 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
11304 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
11305 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
11306 user systemd instance.
11307
11308 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
11309 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
11310 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
11311 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
11312 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
11313 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
11314 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
11315 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
11316 one day for good in the kernel.
11317
11318 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
11319 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
11320 container.
11321
11322 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
11323 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
11324 the host into the container.
11325
11326 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
11327 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
11328 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
11329 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
11330 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
11331 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
11332
11333 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
11334
11335 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
11336 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
11337 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
11338 configured to be mounted there.
11339
11340 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
11341 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
11342 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
11343 system resume events.
11344
11345 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
11346 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
11347 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
11348 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
11349
11350 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
11351 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
11352 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
11353 card).
11354
11355 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
11356 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
11357 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
11358
11359 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
11360 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
11361 later "change" event.
11362
11363 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
11364 now carry a message ID.
11365
11366 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
11367 continues to be work in progress.
11368
11369 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
11370 root directory to operate relative to.
11371
11372 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
11373 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
11374 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
11375 times a little.
11376
11377 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
11378 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
11379 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
11380 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
11381 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
11382 request boot into firmware operations.
11383
11384 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
11385 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
11386 correctly in initrds.
11387
11388 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
11389 compile time optional via a configure switch.
11390
11391 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
11392 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
11393
11394 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
11395 the status of all active or failed units.
11396
11397 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
11398 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
11399 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
11400 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
11401 requests more robust.
11402
11403 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
11404 reading journal files.
11405
11406 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
11407 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
11408
11409 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
11410
11411 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
11412 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
11413
11414 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
11415 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
11416 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
11417 socket activation in daemons.
11418
11419 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
11420 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
11421
11422 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
11423 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
11424 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
11425
11426 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
11427 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
11428 system units.
11429
11430 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
11431 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
11432 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
11433
11434 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
11435 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
11436 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
11437 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
11438 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
11439 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
11440 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
11441 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
11442 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
11443 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
11444 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
11445 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
11446 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
11447 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
11448 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
11449 package installation time.
11450
11451 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
11452 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
11453 scripts need to create these system user/group at
11454 installation time.
11455
11456 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
11457 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
11458
11459 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
11460
11461 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
11462 available.
11463
11464 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
11465 load SMACK policies at early boot.
11466
11467 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
11468 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
11469 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
11470 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
11471 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11472 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
11473 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
11474 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
11475 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
11476 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
11477 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
11478 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11479 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
11480 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
11481
11482 CHANGES WITH 197:
11483
11484 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
11485 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
11486 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
11487 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
11488 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
11489 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
11490 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
11491 the supported calendar time specification language see
11492 systemd.time(7).
11493
11494 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
11495 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
11496 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
11497 document for details:
11498
11499 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
11500
11501 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
11502 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
11503 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
11504 implementations around and minimal in its code and
11505 dependencies.
11506
11507 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
11508 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
11509 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
11510 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
11511 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
11512 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
11513 with a configure switch.
11514
11515 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
11516 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
11517 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
11518 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
11519 such as ext4.
11520
11521 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
11522 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
11523 identities are attached to the devices as well.
11524
11525 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
11526 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
11527
11528 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
11529 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
11530 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
11531 using only core OS tools.
11532
11533 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
11534 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
11535 implementation of socket activated nspawn
11536 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
11537 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
11538 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
11539 eventually.
11540
11541 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
11542 presenting log data.
11543
11544 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
11545 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
11546
11547 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
11548 system on idle.
11549
11550 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
11551 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
11552 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
11553 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
11554 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
11555 information if possible.
11556
11557 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
11558 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
11559 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
11560
11561 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
11562 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
11563 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
11564 is running on battery power.
11565
11566 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
11567 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
11568 is in the "failed" state.
11569
11570 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
11571 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
11572 environment files at once.
11573
11574 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
11575 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
11576 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
11577 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
11578 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
11579 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
11580 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
11581 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
11582 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
11583 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
11584 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
11585 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
11586 pieces of code locally from the git history.
11587
11588 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
11589 log the unit name in the message meta data.
11590
11591 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
11592 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
11593
11594 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
11595 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
11596 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
11597 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
11598 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
11599 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
11600 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
11601 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
11602 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
11603 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
11604 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
11605 shipped from us upstream.
11606
11607 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
11608 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
11609 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
11610 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
11611 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11612 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
11613 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
11614 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
11615 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
11616 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
11617 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
11618 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
11619 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11620
11621 CHANGES WITH 196:
11622
11623 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
11624 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
11625 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
11626 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
11627 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
11628 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
11629 becoming the one central database for non-essential
11630 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
11631 database was only attached to select devices, since the
11632 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
11633 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
11634 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
11635 data for all devices where this is available, by
11636 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
11637 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
11638 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
11639 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
11640 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
11641 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
11642
11643 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
11644 indexed database to link up additional information with
11645 journal entries. For further details please check:
11646
11647 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
11648
11649 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
11650 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
11651 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
11652 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
11653 macro for this purpose.
11654
11655 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
11656 Python logging framework.
11657
11658 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
11659 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
11660 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
11661 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
11662 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
11663 time intervals.
11664
11665 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
11666 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
11667 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
11668
11669 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
11670 right-away on the selected coredump.
11671
11672 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
11673 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
11674 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
11675
11676 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
11677 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
11678 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
11679 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
11680
11681 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
11682 default.
11683
11684 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
11685 SMACK security label.
11686
11687 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
11688 daylight saving change.
11689
11690 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
11691 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
11692 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
11693 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
11694 distributions who still need support this to either continue
11695 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
11696 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
11697
11698 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
11699 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
11700 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
11701 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
11702 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
11703 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
11704 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
11705
11706 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
11707 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
11708
11709 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
11710 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
11711 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
11712 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
11713 offline updating tools.
11714
11715 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
11716 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
11717 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
11718 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
11719 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
11720 directories for packages to place various data files in.
11721
11722 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
11723 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
11724
11725 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
11726 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
11727 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
11728 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11729 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
11730 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
11731 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
11732 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
11733 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11734
11735 CHANGES WITH 195:
11736
11737 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
11738 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
11739 units via --unit=/-u.
11740
11741 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
11742 right thing.
11743
11744 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
11745 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
11746 rotation.
11747
11748 * The journal will now index the available field values for
11749 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
11750 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
11751 completion of journalctl has been updated
11752 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
11753 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
11754
11755 * More service events are now written as structured messages
11756 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
11757
11758 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
11759 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
11760 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
11761 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
11762 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
11763 these settings from the command line now, especially since
11764 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
11765 completion.
11766
11767 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
11768 extract coredumps from the journal.
11769
11770 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
11771 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
11772 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
11773 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
11774 scratch their heads.
11775
11776 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
11777 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
11778
11779 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
11780 in immediate termination of systemd.
11781
11782 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
11783 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
11784
11785 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
11786 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
11787 mouse screen support has been added.
11788
11789 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
11790 Server-Sent-Events as output.
11791
11792 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
11793 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
11794 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
11795 "systemctl reload".
11796
11797 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
11798 -u" instead.
11799
11800 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
11801 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
11802 configured.
11803
11804 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
11805 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
11806
11807 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
11808 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
11809 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
11810 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
11811 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
11812 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
11813 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
11814
11815 CHANGES WITH 194:
11816
11817 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
11818 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
11819 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
11820 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
11821 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
11822 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
11823 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
11824 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
11825 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
11826 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
11827 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
11828 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
11829
11830 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
11831 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
11832 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11833
11834 CHANGES WITH 193:
11835
11836 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
11837 starting from the specified location in the journal.
11838
11839 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
11840 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
11841 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
11842
11843 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
11844 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
11845 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
11846 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
11847 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
11848 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
11849 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
11850
11851 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
11852 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
11853
11854 This will download the journal contents in a
11855 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
11856
11857 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
11858
11859 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
11860 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
11861 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
11862 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
11863 screenshot of this app in its current state:
11864
11865 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
11866
11867 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
11868 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
11869
11870 CHANGES WITH 192:
11871
11872 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
11873 too.
11874
11875 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
11876 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
11877 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
11878 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
11879 just start them.
11880
11881 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
11882 and line break accordingly.
11883
11884 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11885 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
11886
11887 CHANGES WITH 191:
11888
11889 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
11890 container environment, copying the host's timezone
11891 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
11892 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
11893 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
11894
11895 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
11896 will default to 10 if omitted.
11897
11898 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
11899 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
11900 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
11901 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
11902 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
11903
11904 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
11905 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
11906 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
11907 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
11908 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
11909 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
11910 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
11911
11912 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
11913 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
11914 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
11915 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
11916 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
11917 into two.
11918
11919 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
11920 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
11921
11922 CHANGES WITH 190:
11923
11924 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
11925 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
11926 "systemctl status".
11927
11928 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
11929 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
11930 system to another place in the same file system could not be
11931 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
11932 field.)
11933
11934 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
11935 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
11936 default.
11937
11938 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
11939 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
11940 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
11941 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
11942 in a container.
11943
11944 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
11945 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
11946 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
11947 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
11948 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
11949 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
11950
11951 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
11952 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
11953 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
11954 no-op.
11955
11956 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
11957 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
11958 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
11959 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
11960 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
11961
11962 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
11963 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
11964
11965 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
11966 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
11967 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
11968 command.
11969
11970 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
11971 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
11972 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
11973
11974 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
11975
11976 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
11977 multiple files at once.
11978
11979 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
11980 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
11981 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
11982 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
11983 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
11984 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
11985 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
11986
11987 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
11988 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
11989 now support specifiers as well.
11990
11991 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
11992 dir: %_presetdir.
11993
11994 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
11995 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
11996
11997 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
11998 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
11999 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
12000 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
12001 anymore.
12002
12003 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
12004 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
12005 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
12006 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
12007
12008 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
12009 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
12010 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
12011
12012 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
12013 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
12014 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
12015 sockets.
12016
12017 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
12018 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
12019 is changed.
12020
12021 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
12022 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
12023 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
12024 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
12025 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
12026 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
12027 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
12028
12029 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
12030
12031 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
12032 the unit file label and client process label into account.
12033
12034 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
12035 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
12036
12037 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
12038 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
12039 (%b).
12040
12041 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
12042 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
12043 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12044 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12045 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
12046 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
12047 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12048
12049 CHANGES WITH 189:
12050
12051 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
12052 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
12053
12054 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
12055 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
12056 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
12057 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
12058 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
12059 syslog daemons again.
12060
12061 * The libudev API gained the new
12062 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
12063
12064 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
12065 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
12066 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
12067 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
12068
12069 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
12070 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
12071 container.
12072
12073 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
12074 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
12075 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
12076 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
12077 this explaining it in more detail.
12078
12079 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
12080 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
12081 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
12082 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
12083
12084 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
12085 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
12086 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
12087 journal files.
12088
12089 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
12090 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
12091 as container init process a lot more fun.
12092
12093 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
12094 entries.
12095
12096 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
12097 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
12098 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
12099 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
12100 different sets of services.
12101
12102 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
12103 failure state.
12104
12105 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
12106 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
12107 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12108
12109 CHANGES WITH 188:
12110
12111 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
12112 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
12113 tree a lot more organized.
12114
12115 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
12116 may be used to group services in a natural way.
12117
12118 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
12119 services.
12120
12121 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
12122 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
12123 filtering by log level now.
12124
12125 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
12126 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
12127 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
12128
12129 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
12130 command lines involving service unit names.
12131
12132 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
12133 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
12134
12135 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
12136 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
12137 and encodes structured information about the error number.
12138
12139 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
12140 option.
12141
12142 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
12143 a shutdown is cancelled.
12144
12145 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
12146 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
12147 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
12148 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
12149 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
12150
12151 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
12152 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
12153 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
12154 for display managers instead.
12155
12156 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
12157 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
12158 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
12159 protection, and suchlike.
12160
12161 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
12162 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
12163 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
12164 the service.
12165
12166 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
12167 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
12168 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
12169 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
12170 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
12171 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12172
12173 CHANGES WITH 187:
12174
12175 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
12176 pages.
12177
12178 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
12179 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
12180 data loss.
12181
12182 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
12183 option.
12184
12185 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
12186
12187 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
12188 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
12189
12190 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
12191 specific directory.
12192
12193 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
12194 messages of two different boots.
12195
12196 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
12197 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
12198 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
12199
12200 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
12201 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
12202 disjunctions.
12203
12204 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
12205 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
12206 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
12207
12208 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
12209 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
12210 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
12211
12212 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
12213 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
12214 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
12215 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
12216 speed things up a bit.
12217
12218 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
12219 header data of journal files.
12220
12221 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
12222 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
12223 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
12224
12225 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
12226 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
12227 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
12228 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
12229
12230 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
12231
12232 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
12233 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
12234 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12235 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12236
12237 CHANGES WITH 186:
12238
12239 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
12240 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
12241 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
12242 prefixed with rd.
12243
12244 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
12245 automatically generated at boot. Use:
12246
12247 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
12248
12249 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
12250
12251 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
12252
12253 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
12254 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
12255 as well.
12256
12257 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
12258 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
12259 in all appropriate directories automatically.
12260
12261 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
12262 does the right thing. Example:
12263
12264 udevadm info /dev/sda
12265 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
12266
12267 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
12268 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
12269 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
12270 running.
12271
12272 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
12273 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
12274
12275 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
12276 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
12277
12278 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
12279 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
12280 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
12281 files.
12282
12283 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
12284 be stopped that is not loaded.
12285
12286 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
12287
12288 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
12289
12290 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
12291 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
12292 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
12293 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
12294
12295 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
12296 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
12297 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
12298 completed initialization.
12299
12300 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
12301
12302 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
12303 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
12304 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
12305 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
12306 distributions.
12307
12308 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
12309 always valid when services log to the journal via
12310 STDOUT/STDERR.
12311
12312 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
12313 command line options we understand.
12314
12315 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
12316 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
12317
12318 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
12319 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
12320
12321 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
12322 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
12323 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
12324 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
12325
12326 systemctl status /home
12327 systemctl status /dev/sda
12328
12329 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
12330 system.conf parsing.
12331
12332 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
12333 Manager object.
12334
12335 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
12336
12337 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
12338
12339 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
12340 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
12341 complete.
12342
12343 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
12344 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
12345 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
12346 systemd-fsck@.service.
12347
12348 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
12349 Manager object.
12350
12351 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
12352 work sensibly.
12353
12354 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
12355 we actually understand.
12356
12357 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
12358 additional capabilities to the container.
12359
12360 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
12361 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
12362 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
12363
12364 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
12365 the current boot only.
12366
12367 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
12368 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
12369
12370 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
12371 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
12372 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
12373 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
12374 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
12375
12376 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
12377
12378 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
12379 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12380 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
12381 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
12382
12383 CHANGES WITH 185:
12384
12385 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
12386 available.
12387
12388 * Several new man pages have been added.
12389
12390 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
12391 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
12392 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
12393 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
12394
12395 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
12396 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
12397
12398 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
12399 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
12400 Matthias Clasen
12401
12402 CHANGES WITH 184:
12403
12404 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
12405 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
12406
12407 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
12408 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
12409 daemon.
12410
12411 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
12412 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
12413
12414 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
12415 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
12416 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
12417 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
12418
12419 CHANGES WITH 183:
12420
12421 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
12422 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
12423 and systemd's most recent version number.
12424
12425 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
12426 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
12427 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
12428 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
12429 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
12430 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
12431
12432 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
12433 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
12434 subsystems.
12435
12436 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
12437 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
12438 used to subscribe to events.
12439
12440 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
12441 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
12442 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
12443 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
12444 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
12445 forked by udev rules.
12446
12447 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
12448 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
12449 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
12450 it.
12451
12452 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
12453 udev_monitor_from_socket()
12454 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
12455 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
12456 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
12457
12458 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
12459 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
12460
12461 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
12462 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
12463 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
12464 the files to the new names on upgrade.
12465
12466 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
12467 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
12468 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
12469 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
12470 to be used as drop-in files.
12471
12472 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
12473 particular suspending and hibernating.
12474
12475 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
12476 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
12477 about this in more detail.
12478
12479 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
12480 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
12481 places). Distributions which have not converted these
12482 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
12483 from git history and add them downstream.
12484
12485 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
12486 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
12487 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
12488 units.
12489
12490 * All smaller setup units (such as
12491 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
12492 are run in a container and are skipped when
12493 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
12494 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
12495
12496 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
12497 integrated, for details see:
12498 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
12499
12500 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
12501 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
12502 messages.
12503
12504 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
12505 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
12506 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
12507 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
12508 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
12509
12510 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
12511 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
12512 for all units started by PID 1.
12513
12514 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
12515 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
12516 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
12517
12518 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
12519 of PID 1 anymore.
12520
12521 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
12522 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
12523 have not been read by systemd yet.
12524
12525 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
12526 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
12527 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
12528 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
12529 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
12530 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
12531
12532 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
12533 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
12534
12535 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
12536
12537 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
12538 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
12539 so sexy.
12540
12541 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
12542 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
12543 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
12544 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
12545 patterns.
12546
12547 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
12548 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
12549 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
12550 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
12551
12552 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
12553 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
12554
12555 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
12556 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
12557 in systemd now.
12558
12559 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
12560 ID on the command line.
12561
12562 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
12563 for an init system.
12564
12565 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
12566 vt100.
12567
12568 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
12569
12570 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
12571 components now have directories of their own.
12572
12573 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
12574
12575 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
12576 container in other hierarchies.
12577
12578 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
12579 system.conf.
12580
12581 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
12582
12583 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
12584 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
12585
12586 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
12587 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
12588
12589 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
12590 locally generated journal files.
12591
12592 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
12593
12594 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
12595
12596 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
12597 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
12598 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
12599 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
12600 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
12601 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
12602 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12603 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
12604 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12605 Gundersen
12606
12607 CHANGES WITH 44:
12608
12609 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12610
12611 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
12612 KVM or container configured UUID.
12613
12614 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
12615
12616 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
12617
12618 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
12619 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
12620
12621 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
12622
12623 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
12624 folks
12625
12626 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
12627 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
12628 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
12629
12630 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
12631 configuration
12632
12633 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
12634 free fashion
12635
12636 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
12637 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
12638 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
12639 automatically generated data.
12640
12641 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
12642 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
12643 however.
12644
12645 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
12646 tarball.
12647
12648 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
12649 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
12650 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
12651 Reding
12652
12653 CHANGES WITH 43:
12654
12655 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12656
12657 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
12658
12659 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
12660
12661 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
12662 normal user logins.
12663
12664 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
12665 Biebl
12666
12667 CHANGES WITH 42:
12668
12669 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
12670
12671 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
12672 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
12673 xsltproc.
12674
12675 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
12676 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
12677 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
12678
12679 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
12680 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
12681 reboot can automatically be triggered.
12682
12683 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
12684
12685 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
12686 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
12687 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
12688
12689 CHANGES WITH 41:
12690
12691 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
12692 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
12693 package update.
12694
12695 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
12696 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
12697 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
12698
12699 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
12700 complete.
12701
12702 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
12703 understood to set system wide environment variables
12704 dynamically at boot.
12705
12706 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
12707
12708 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
12709 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
12710 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
12711 files.
12712
12713 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12714 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
12715 William Douglas
12716
12717 CHANGES WITH 40:
12718
12719 * This is mostly a bugfix release
12720
12721 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
12722 "Result" D-Bus property.
12723
12724 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
12725 the next few releases.)
12726
12727 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
12728 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
12729 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
12730 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
12731
12732 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
12733 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
12734 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
12735
12736 CHANGES WITH 39:
12737
12738 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12739 bugfixes.
12740
12741 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
12742 resource usage.
12743
12744 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
12745 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
12746 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
12747 journals by the respective users.
12748
12749 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
12750 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
12751 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
12752
12753 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
12754 client for all entries.
12755
12756 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
12757
12758 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
12759 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
12760
12761 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
12762 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
12763 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
12764 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
12765
12766 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
12767 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
12768 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
12769
12770 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
12771 journal along with meta data.
12772
12773 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
12774 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
12775 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
12776
12777 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
12778 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
12779 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
12780
12781 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
12782
12783 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
12784 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
12785 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
12786 or fsck.
12787
12788 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
12789 requested with new -k switch.
12790
12791 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12792 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
12793
12794 CHANGES WITH 38:
12795
12796 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
12797 bugfixes.
12798
12799 * The git repository moved to:
12800 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
12801 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
12802
12803 * First release with the journal
12804 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
12805
12806 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
12807 systemd-stdout-bridge.
12808
12809 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
12810
12811 * Many systemadm clean-ups
12812
12813 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
12814 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
12815 remote mounts.
12816
12817 * Added Mageia support
12818
12819 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
12820
12821 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
12822 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
12823 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
12824 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
12825 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
12826
12827 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
12828 of existing distributions.
12829
12830 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
12831 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
12832
12833 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
12834 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
12835 boot.
12836
12837 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
12838
12839 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
12840 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
12841 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
12842 among other things.
12843
12844 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
12845 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
12846
12847 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
12848
12849 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
12850 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
12851 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
12852
12853 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
12854 restored.
12855
12856 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
12857 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
12858 kmod
12859
12860 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
12861 of /usr/local by default.
12862
12863 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
12864 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
12865 in:
12866 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
12867
12868 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
12869 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
12870 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
12871 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
12872 supported anyway, and bad style).
12873
12874 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
12875 reloading of units together.
12876
12877 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
12878 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
12879 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12880 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
12881 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek